Quarterlytics / Real Estate / Real Estate - Services / Cushman & Wakefield

Cushman & Wakefield

cwk · LSE Real Estate
Claim this profile
Ticker cwk
Exchange LSE
Sector Real Estate
Industry Real Estate - Services
Employees 10,000+
← All annual reports
FY2017 Annual Report · Cushman & Wakefield
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
Cranswick plc  Annual Report & Accounts

Year Ended 31 March 2017

C

r

a

n

s

w

i

c

k

p

l

c

A

n

n

u

a

l

R

e

p

o

r

t

&

A

c

c

o

u

n

t

s

2

0

1

7

 
 
 
 
 
 
Cranswick plc is a leading and innovative  
British supplier of premium, fresh and added  
value food products with annual revenues  
in excess of £1.2 billion.

Our Products and Customers
Sustained Operational Growth
Chairman’s Statement
Our Guiding Principles

STRATEGIC REPORT
2 
4 
6 
8 
16  Chief Executive’s Review
18  Our Business Model
20  Our Supply Chain Model
22  Market Overview
24  Our Strategy
34  Our KPIs
36  Operating and Financial Review
Principal Risks and Uncertainties
40 

Board of Directors

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
44  Chairman’s Governance Overview
46 
48  Governance Report
53  Audit Committee Report
60  Nomination Committee Report
62 
77  Directors’ Report

Remuneration Committee Report

Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities
Independent Auditor’s Report

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
82 
83 
90  Group Income Statement
91 
92 
94 
96 
98  Notes to the Accounts

Statements of Comprehensive Income
Balance Sheets
Statements of Cash Flow
Statements of Changes in Equity

SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION
134  Five Year Statement
134  Financial Calendar
135  Shareholder Analysis
136  Advisers

HIGHLIGHTS
A YEAR OF STRONG FINANCIAL  
AND STRATEGIC PROGRESS

REVENUE £’M †
+22.5%

2017

2016

2015

ADJUSTED PROFIT BEFORE TAX £’M * †
+17.2%

1,016.3

1,003.3

1,245.1

2017

2016

2015

75.5

64.4

57.8

ADJUSTED EARNINGS PER SHARE P * †
+17.6%

DIVIDEND PER SHARE P
+17.6%

2017

2016

2015

102.8

92.1

120.9

2017

2016

2015

44.1

37.5

34.0

FREE CASH FLOW £’M*
-13.2%

NET (DEBT)/FUNDS £’M
-£28.8M

2017

2016

2015

72.4

(11.0)

2017

53.5

(17.3)

83.4

2016

2015

17.8

+25%†

TOTAL VOLUME GROWTH

2.7m

+49%

RECORD PIG NUMBERS  
PROCESSED

EXPORT SALES  
TO FAR EAST

£47m

INVESTMENT IN ASSET BASE 
FOR FUTURE GROWTH

>9,000

SIZE OF WORKFORCE

15

UK MANUFACTURING 
LOCATIONS

*  Adjusted and like-for-like references throughout the Report and Accounts refer to non-IFRS measures or Alternative Performance Measures 

(APMs). Definitions and reconciliations of the APMs to IFRS measures are provided in Note 31.

†  Throughout the Report and Accounts, 2016 results have been restated to exclude the Sandwich business, which was sold in July 2016 and  

is now treated as discontinued.

Annual Report & Accounts 2017  Cranswick plc

1

Corporate GovernanceShareholder InformationStrategic ReportFinancial StatementsAT A GLANCE
OUR PRODUCTS AND CUSTOMERS

Fresh & Added Value Pork

Traditional Air-Dried Bacon & Gammon

Sausages & Burgers

Handmade Pastry

Cooked Meats

Continental Products

Fresh Chicken

Premium Cooked Poultry

2

Cranswick plc  Annual Report & Accounts 2017

STRATEGIC REPORT+26%

INCREASE IN LIKE-FOR-LIKE 
POULTRY VOLUMES

GROWING OUR POULTRY BUSINESS

Product profile % of group revenue

11%

5%

19%

32%

37%

19%

2017

2016

OUR PRODUCTS
WE PRODUCE A RANGE OF HIGH 
QUALITY, PREDOMINANTLY FRESH 
PRODUCTS INCLUDING FRESH PORK, 
CONVENIENCE, GOURMET PRODUCTS 
AND POULTRY.

The growth of our premium cooked poultry 
business and the acquisition of Crown 
Chicken in the year has substantially 
increased the contribution from poultry  
to total Group revenues.

A meaningful proportion of our revenue 
growth stems from our ability to create and 
launch new products to meet the constantly 
changing demands from our customers and 
consumers, with over 800 new products 
launched in the year.

Read more about category performance  
on pages 36 to 37.

38%

39%

†  Cooked Meats, Continental Products and Ingredients.
*  Pastry, Sausages and Burgers, Bacon and Gammon.

  Fresh Pork

  Convenience †

  Gourmet 
Products*

  Poultry

OUR KEY CUSTOMERS
AROUND THREE QUARTERS OF OUR 
REVENUES COME FROM OUR RETAIL 
CUSTOMERS, PRIMARILY THROUGH  
THEIR OWN-LABEL PRODUCTS 
PARTICULARLY IN PREMIUM AND 
SUPER-PREMIUM CATEGORIES. 

We have a broad retail customer base selling 
our products into each of the top four UK 
multiple grocers as well as the growing 
premium grocery and discounter channels. 
We have recently won premium cooked 
chicken listings with two of our key 
retail customers.

+49%

INCREASE IN EXPORT SALES 
TO FAR EAST

GROWING OUR EXPORT BUSINESS

Customer profile % of group revenue

We have a strong presence in the ‘food to go’ 
sector and we have a clear, targeted strategy 
to build long-term relationships in this fast 
developing market. 

20%

Food service continues to be a growth sector 
for us with many of our products now listed 
by UK hotel, pub and other food service 
outlet chains.

We also have a rapidly growing export 
business with Far Eastern markets being 
particularly important.

6%

5%

19%

2017

2016

74%

76%

  UK Retail

  UK Food Service and 

Manufacturing

  Export

Annual Report & Accounts 2017  Cranswick plc

3

Corporate GovernanceShareholder InformationFinancial StatementsStrategic ReportAT A GLANCE
SUSTAINED OPERATIONAL GROWTH

SINCE BEING FORMED BY FARMERS IN THE EARLY 1970s, WE HAVE GROWN THROUGH TARGETED 
ACQUISITIONS AND ORGANIC GROWTH TO BE A LEADING AND INNOVATIVE BRITISH SUPPLIER OF 
PREMIUM, FRESH AND ADDED VALUE FOOD PRODUCTS WITH ANNUAL REVENUES IN EXCESS OF  
£1.2 BILLION. WE NOW OPERATE FROM FIFTEEN WELL INVESTED, HIGHLY EFFICIENT PRODUCTION  
FACILITIES IN THE UK, WITH A WORKFORCE OF OVER 9,000 PEOPLE.

Adjusted profit before tax (£’M) since 1990

Dividend per share (P) since 1990

75.5

64.4

57.8

52.2

49.1

47.3

45.6

43.8

32.7 33.0

31.1

34.7

21.2 21.6

19.8

17.5

11.7

9.3

7.1

0.9 1.4 1.7 2.2 2.3 3.0 3.1 4.0 5.0

2.8 3.3 3.8 4.0 4.1 4.3 4.6 5.1

8.3

7.5

6.8

5.8

44.1

37.5

34.0

32.0

30.0

28.5

27.5

25.0

21.7

19.9

18.1

16.5

14.5

13.2

12.0

10.8

1990 1991 1992 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016

2017

1990 1991 1992 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016

2017

CORPORATE ACTIVITY IN THE YEAR

Acquisition of Crown Chicken  13   14
In April 2016 we acquired Crown Chicken.  
The acquisition further develops our presence  
in the growing poultry sector.

Acquisition of Ballymena pork processing business  15
In November 2016, we acquired Dunbia’s Ballymena pork processing 
business. This acquisition enhances our pig processing capability  
and establishes a significant presence in Northern Ireland.

£84m 

CROWN 
REVENUE

Year ended 31 December 2015

Read more  
on page 37.

£72m 

BALLYMENA 
REVENUE

Year ended 29 March 2016

Read more  
on page 38.

1985

Entry to the  
stock market

1991

Primary pork 
processing

1992

Cooked meats

1995

Gourmet  
sausages

2001

Continental  
products

4

Cranswick plc  Annual Report & Accounts 2017

STRATEGIC REPORT 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
15   BALLYMENA

MALTON  1

SHERBURN  7

MANCHESTER  8   9  

  2   3   4   5   6   HULL

10   BARNSLEY

NORFOLK  11  13

SUFFOLK  14

1   Handmade Pastry Malton

2   3    Fresh Pork Hull

4   Cooked Meats Hull
5   Gourmet Sausages & Burgers Hull
6   Premium Cooked Poultry Hull
7   Traditional Bacon and Gammon Sherburn

8   9    Continental Products Manchester

10   Cooked Meats Barnsley
11   Fresh Pork & Sausages Norfolk
12   Cooked Meats Milton Keynes 
13   Feed Milling Norfolk
14   Fresh Chicken Suffolk
15   Fresh Pork Ballymena

  Agriculture

MILTON KEYNES  12

Sale of Sandwich business
In July 2016 we sold our Sandwich business  
to Greencore plc. This is in line with our strategy  
of focusing on our core businesses.

£54m 

SANDWICH 
REVENUE

Year ended 31 March 2016

Read more  
on page 38.

2004

Hand-cured, 
air-dried bacon

2010

Handmade  
pastry

2013

Pig breeding  
and rearing

2014

Premium  
cooked poultry

2016

Chicken breeding, 
rearing, processing 
and animal feed

Annual Report & Accounts 2017  Cranswick plc

5

Corporate GovernanceShareholder InformationFinancial StatementsStrategic Report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CHAIRMAN’S STATEMENT
A YEAR OF STRONG FINANCIAL  
AND STRATEGIC PROGRESS
THE PAST YEAR HAS BEEN PARTICULARLY POSITIVE FOR THE BUSINESS. 
CRANSWICK HAS DELIVERED ANOTHER STRONG TRADING PERFORMANCE, 
ACHIEVED RECORD SALES OF OVER £1.2 BILLION, AND MADE STRATEGIC 
PROGRESS IN A NUMBER OF KEY AREAS.

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
The Board embraces the UK Corporate 
Governance Code as part of its culture and  
a statement relating to compliance with the 
Code is included within the Governance 
Report on page 52.

ENVIRONMENT
Managing and reducing Cranswick’s impact 
on the environment has been an integral  
part of business activities under a dedicated 
project team for some time. Areas of focus 
include waste, water, energy, packaging and 
carbon footprint and this progressive and 
proactive policy has been acknowledged 
within the industry with Cranswick collecting 
awards for its approach.

COLLEAGUES
The Group’s operations are decentralised 
across product categories within the food 
sector. This structure is supported through 
Group-wide collaboration in key areas.

STRATEGIC PROGRESS
Strategic initiatives included the acquisition 
of CCL Holdings and its subsidiary Crown 
Chicken (’Crown‘) at the beginning of the 
financial year which expanded the Company’s 
presence in poultry, the UK’s largest meat 
category. This was followed later in the year 
by the acquisition of Dunbia Ballymena 
(’Ballymena‘) which further strengthened 
Cranswick’s UK pork processing capability. 

CASH FLOW AND FINANCIAL POSITION
Cranswick’s borrowings are conservatively 
structured and cash generation from 
operating activities was once again very 
strong. In November 2016, bank borrowings 
were refinanced, increasing the unsecured 
facility to £160 million. This is expected to 
provide generous headroom for future 
growth through to 2021 along with an option 
to extend for a further two years.

The Company’s Sandwich business, a 
non-core activity, was sold in July 2016.

Further details are provided in the Operating 
and Financial Review on pages 36 to 38.

Acquisitions are an important element of 
Cranswick’s development strategy to date, 
and have been complementary to the 
investments made to drive organic growth. 
The recent commencement of the construction 
of a new site for the Continental Products 
business, along with other significant 
investments in the asset base over the past 
year, amounting to £47 million, continue this 
ongoing focus on organic growth.

RESULTS
Total revenue from continuing operations  
in the year was £1,245 million. This was 23 per 
cent ahead of the previous year and was 
driven by strong increases across a number  
of product categories and significant growth 
in exports. Like-for-like revenue (see Note 31), 
excluding the benefit of acquisitions, was  
13 per cent higher than the prior year with 
corresponding volumes 15 per cent ahead.

Alongside record sales it is pleasing to report 
that adjusted profit before tax for the year 
increased 17 per cent to £75.5 million from 
£64.4 million previously. Adjusted earnings 
per share rose 18 per cent to 120.9 pence 
compared to 102.8 pence in the prior year.

Details of trading are covered more fully in  
the Operating and Financial Review on pages 
36 to 38.

DIVIDEND
The Board is proposing to increase the final 
dividend to 31.0 pence per share from 25.9 
pence previously, an increase of 19.7 per cent. 

Together with the interim dividend, which  
was raised 12.9 per cent to 13.1 pence per 
share, this gives a total dividend for the year 
of 44.1 pence per share, an increase of 17.6  
per cent on the 37.5 pence per share paid last 
year. This is the 27th continuous year of 
increased dividends. 

The final dividend, if approved by 
Shareholders, will be paid on 1 September 
2017 to Shareholders on the register at the 
close of business on 30 June 2017. Shares  
will go ex-dividend on 29 June 2017. 
Shareholders will again have the option to 
receive the dividend by way of scrip issue.

BREXIT
Exit from the EU has potential implications  
in a number of areas including availability  
of staff, food and agriculture policies, tariffs 
and currency. A number of colleagues at 
Cranswick, and throughout the sector, have 
migrated to the UK from elsewhere in the EU 
for employment purposes and are valued 
members of the business. The sooner the 
prevailing uncertainty over their right to 
remain in the UK and the ongoing movement 
of people is settled the better it will be for all.

As regards food security and availability,  
and maintenance of the UK’s reputation  
for high standards of food production  
and animal welfare, we anticipate this will  
be a priority for the government in its 
determination of future policy for food  
and agriculture.

6

Cranswick plc  Annual Report & Accounts 2017

STRATEGIC REPORTStrategic Report

The human resource function is especially 
important when operating such a format and  
is a key element of the overall strategic plan.  
All colleagues are viewed as critical stakeholders, 
and there is a commitment to implementing a 
training and development strategy that delivers 
workforce capabilities, skills and competencies 
through apprenticeship schemes, development 
programmes and training courses.

The Board is committed to this and recognises 
that Cranswick’s continued success would not 
be possible without talented and motivated 
management teams supported by skilful and 
enthusiastic colleagues at each site. On behalf 
of the Board I thank all our colleagues for their 
commitment and contribution.

OUTLOOK
The business has continued to make 
commercial and strategic progress over  
the past year and the Board believes there  
is a solid platform in place from which to 
progress further within the pork, poultry and 
associated categories of the food sector.

Cranswick’s strengths include its customer 
relationships, breadth of products, growing 
export channels and asset infrastructure.  
The current year has started positively for  
the Group and the Board believes that the 
Company is well positioned to meet the 
challenges that lie ahead and to continue  
its successful long-term development. 

Martin Davey
Chairman

23 May 2017

OUR GUIDING PRINCIPLES

QUALITY

VALUE

We are passionate about  
high quality, great tasting food. 
We focus on premium quality 
products and categories, using 
authentic, artisan processes 
wherever possible to maintain 
the heritage and integrity  
of our food.

We continue to make value 
adding acquisitions and to invest 
heavily in our operating facilities 
enabling us to offer innovative, 
high quality, great value food 
solutions to our customers from 
some of the most efficient food 
production facilities in the UK, 
driving growth in profitability 
and Shareholder value.

Read more on page 8.

Read more on page 10.

INNOVATION

PEOPLE

We have dedicated teams 
researching consumer trends 
and food innovation 
opportunities across the globe. 
We constantly research and test 
new recipes and ideas, allowing 
us to deliver unique product 
offerings to our customers. 
Innovation within the supply 
chain is also a key differentiator, 
with significant investment 
made in breeding systems and 
in feed and genetic research to 
improve product quality and 
breeding efficiency.

Our success is built  
on our people.  
We create a supportive but 
entrepreneurial environment, 
which allows both individuals 
and the business to prosper. 
We work closely with our 
customers to develop new 
products for the rapidly 
changing retail environment.

Read more on page 12.

Read more on page 14.

Read more about  
Corporate Governance 
on pages 44 to 81.

Annual Report & Accounts 2017  Cranswick plc

7

Corporate GovernanceShareholder InformationFinancial StatementsNATALIE McGRATH 
NATIONAL ACCOUNT MANAGER

OUR GUIDING PRINCIPLES

QUALITY

OUR COMMITMENT TO 
DELIVERING OUTSTANDING 
QUALITY FOOD PRODUCTS IS  
A KEY DIFFERENTIATOR FOR  
OUR CUSTOMERS.

Natalie McGrath works in our commercial 
team and leads the relationship with one of 
our major retail customers. Working with a 
cross-functional team, Natalie has managed 
the development of a premium range of  
pork products that deliver exceptional taste 
and quality as well as full traceability from 
farm to fork. 

Our technical and agricultural teams 
identified a breed of pig that delivers a 
unique flavour profile and improved texture. 
The new product development team then 
created a range designed to appeal to the 
modern pork consumer which positions pork 
as a great quality, affordable, convenient, 
modern meal solution.

15

NUMBER OF BRC GRADE ‘A’ 
RATINGS DURING THE YEAR

28%

PROPORTION OF TOTAL 
UK PIGS THAT ARE PROCESSED 
BY CRANSWICK

8

Cranswick plc  Annual Report & Accounts 2017

STRATEGIC REPORTA commitment 
to quality  
from the field 
through to the 
retail shelf.

OUR OTHER  
GUIDING PRINCIPLES

Value see page 10.

Innovation see page 12.

People see page 14.

Annual Report & Accounts 2017  Cranswick plc

9

Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceShareholder InformationFinancial StatementsOUR GUIDING PRINCIPLES

VALUE

INVESTMENT IN INFRASTRUCTURE IS CRITICAL TO THE GROWTH AND 
DEVELOPMENT OF OUR BUSINESS. AN UNSTINTING FOCUS ON 
EFFICIENCY AND ON DEVELOPING NEW PRODUCTION PROCESSES  
IS A KEY ELEMENT OF OUR FUTURE GROWTH STRATEGY.

Barry Lock is Managing Director of our 
Norfolk pork processing business and has 
overseen a £10 million investment programme 
over the last two years which has increased 
capacity, improved efficiency and added new 
capability. As well as being one of the most 
efficient pork processing facilities in the UK, 
the site now has the capability to produce 
premium sausages and value adding seasonal 
barbecue and Christmas garnish ranges. 

The relaunch of sausage production at 
Norfolk in the summer of 2016 followed the 
business securing a major contract to supply 
the ‘Butcher’s Choice’ range to the site’s 
dedicated retail customer using pork sourced 
from British pig herds. Full farm to fork 
traceability, highly efficient production 
technology and a step change in texture  
and eating quality were key factors in winning 
the contract.

10

Cranswick plc  Annual Report & Accounts 2017

BARRY LOCK  
MANAGING DIRECTOR – NORFOLK  
PORK PROCESSING

STRATEGIC REPORTDriving  
value through 
investment.

£47m

CAPITAL INVESTMENT

19.0%

RETURN ON CAPITAL EMPLOYED

OUR OTHER  
GUIDING PRINCIPLES

Quality see page 8.

Innovation see page 12.

People see page 14.

Annual Report & Accounts 2017  Cranswick plc

11

Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceShareholder InformationFinancial StatementsOUR GUIDING PRINCIPLES

INNOVATION

EACH YEAR A MEANINGFUL PROPORTION OF OUR REVENUE  
GROWTH STEMS FROM OUR ABILITY TO CREATE AND LAUNCH  
NEW PRODUCTS TO MEET THE CONSTANTLY CHANGING  
DEMANDS FROM OUR CUSTOMERS AND CONSUMERS.

Andy Phillips is a development chef 
responsible for creating our range of modern 
meal solutions. Andy has extensive experience 
of working in restaurants across Asia and 
South America.

Andy’s role is to identify new flavour trends 
and cooking techniques that can be transferred 

and upscaled from the kitchen to a 
commercial food factory. He works with  
the Marketing and Insight teams as well as 
travelling the globe to research new and 
exciting flavour combinations. He has been 
instrumental in expanding our ‘slow cook’ 
range and developing products suitable  
for our new ‘sous vide’ cooking capability.

844

NEW PRODUCTS LAUNCHED 
IN THE YEAR

11.5%

OF TOTAL REVENUE FROM 
NEW PRODUCTS

ANDY PHILLIPS 
DEVELOPMENT CHEF 

12

Cranswick plc  Annual Report & Accounts 2017

STRATEGIC REPORTContinually 
innovating to 
deliver growth.

OUR OTHER  
GUIDING PRINCIPLES

Quality see page 8.

Value see page 10.

People see page 14.

Annual Report & Accounts 2017  Cranswick plc

13

Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceShareholder InformationFinancial StatementsKATHRYN MILLS 
GRADUATE TRAINEE

OUR GUIDING PRINCIPLES

PEOPLE

OUR ORGANISATION IS DRIVEN  
BY PASSIONATE, COMMITTED 
AND DEDICATED INDIVIDUALS 
AND WE RECOGNISE THE 
IMPORTANCE OF NURTURING 
AND DEVELOPING TALENT.

We have always had a commitment to graduate 
recruitment. In 2016, our graduate training 
scheme was recognised as ‘Training Scheme 
of the Year’ by Meat Management Magazine 
reflecting our ongoing drive to develop 
leaders of the future.

Kathryn Mills joined our graduate training 
scheme in September 2014 and experienced 
work placements across a number of different 
business functions. After 12 months, Kathryn 
moved into a permanent role as Product 
Development Manager at our Gourmet 
Pastry facility. Her role involves developing 
new product concepts and working with 
operational colleagues to bring new products 
to market. Kathryn has been instrumental in 
developing a new range of premium savoury 
pies for the site’s anchor retail customer and 
in identifying further new product concepts 
to take to market.

>9,000

SIZE OF WORKFORCE

>40

NUMBER OF APPRENTICES

14

Cranswick plc  Annual Report & Accounts 2017

STRATEGIC REPORTCreating a  
legacy through  
our graduate 
training 
scheme.

OUR OTHER  
GUIDING PRINCIPLES

Quality see page 8.

Value see page 10.

Innovation see page 12.

Annual Report & Accounts 2017  Cranswick plc

15

Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceShareholder InformationFinancial StatementsCHIEF EXECUTIVE’S REVIEW
INTRODUCING OUR STRATEGY

WE HAVE REPORTED ANOTHER YEAR OF STRONG GROWTH  
IN FINANCIAL RESULTS DURING WHICH WE HAVE ALSO MADE 
FURTHER STRATEGIC AND COMMERCIAL PROGRESS.

View Our Strategy on page 24.

INVESTING IN OUR TALENT POOL
We continue to invest heavily in our talent 
programmes. Our graduate development 
programme is flourishing and we continue  
to strengthen our talent pool to ensure that 
we have the capability and depth of resource 
across the Group to support the growth and 
development of the business. We are also 
committed to our apprenticeship programme 
and now have over 40 apprentices 
developing skills and gaining experience 
across all areas of our business. 

A SUSTAINABLE BUSINESS MODEL
We are committed to protecting our natural 
environment, reducing the impact of our 
activities on all our stakeholders and ensuring 
our resource usage and products are 
sustainable. We continue to invest in 
dedicated supply chains in both pork and 
poultry. This creates a point of difference  
for our customers and gives them confidence 
that we have a sustainable business in the 
longer term.

A CLEAR VISION
Our vision is to provide high quality food 
which is sustainably and ethically produced. 
We remain focused on developing innovative, 
great tasting food for our customers. 
Producing high quality food which is great 
value for consumers has been the foundation 
of our success so far and will continue to be 
at the core of our future strategy. Substantial 
ongoing investment in our production 
facilities, in ethical and sustainable supply 
chains and in our people at all levels of the 
business are the cornerstones of our 
business model. 

A GROWING INTERNATIONAL PRESENCE
We have made further progress in 
developing our export trade, particularly  
into the rapidly expanding Far Eastern 
markets. We have a brand that is recognised 
and highly valued in China. We continue to 
work with our trading partners to further 
develop our presence in the region. Our Hull 
facility, which is USDA approved, enables us 
to export specific prime cuts to the US market 
and we are aiming to secure similar 
accreditation at our Norfolk facility in the 
coming months which will add further 
impetus to our export business. 

DELIVERING AGAINST OUR STRATEGY
We have delivered robust and sustained  
sales and profit growth over many years by 
concentrating on the growing premium tiers 
in our core markets and on developing 
collaborative, long-term relationships with  
all our customers. We now have a focused 
portfolio of high growth, premium product 
categories, which are produced from well 
invested, highly efficient facilities. Developing 
high quality, great tasting, innovative food 
products, which are ideally suited to the fast 
growing ‘food to go’ and convenience 
channels, is a key component of our evolving 
growth strategy.

We have three principal growth drivers: 
consolidating existing market positions; 
diversifying into new related product 
categories and new proteins; and developing 
our presence across international markets. 
This year we have again made very good 
progress in all three areas.

DRIVING THE CORE
We reported like-for-like revenue growth  
of 13 per cent reflecting strong progress  
in our core markets. We have secured new 
business with our leading retail partners 
under long-term, sustainable supply 
agreements. We have continued to invest  
in new product development which has 
driven an increased proportion of sales 
growth. In addition, we have won business 
with new customers in the online food retail 
space along with further development of  
our ‘food to go’ offering.

VALUE ADDING CORPORATE ACTIVITY
We continue to complement our organic 
growth drivers with targeted acquisitions  
and this last year has been particularly busy  
in terms of corporate activity. We acquired 
Crown Chicken in April 2016 and this, 
together with the acquisition of Benson  
Park in October 2014, represents important 
strategic progress in developing a meaningful 
and sustainable presence in the poultry 
sector. The acquisition of the Ballymena  
pork processing business in November 2016 
has enhanced our core UK pork processing 
capability and provides us with further supply 
chain security. In July 2016, we sold our 
non-core Sandwich business to Greencore plc.

Total reported revenues increased by  
23 per cent reflecting the positive 
contributions from Crown and Ballymena 
during the year. Both have been successfully 
integrated and we plan to invest heavily  
in infrastructure and equipment across the 
two businesses to add scale and capability 
and to improve efficiencies. 

STRENGHTHENING OUR ASSET BASE
Corporate activity has been augmented  
by £47 million of capital investment during  
the year to add capacity, new capability and 
drive further operating efficiency gains.  
The expenditure was spread across our asset 
base as we continue to successfully grow and 
develop our business. We have invested more 
than £230 million in our infrastructure over the 
last eight years to give us some of the most 
efficient and well invested production 
facilities in the UK food manufacturing sector.

16

Cranswick plc  Annual Report & Accounts 2017

STRATEGIC REPORTStrategic Report

We recognise that farm animal welfare is of 
utmost importance to our customers and it is 
a focal point of our business. We have put 
considerable effort into improving standards 
and we are delighted that our commitment 
has been acknowledged by the 2016 Business 
Benchmark on Farm Animal Welfare (BBFAW) 
Report, which elevated us to the highest Tier 
1 level. This recognition reflects the hard 
work and dedication of our technical and 
agricultural teams. We are committed to the 
highest welfare standards on our farms and 
the ongoing quality of our products.

Over the following pages we provide further 
details of our strategy and the strategic pillars 
that support it, our progress during the year 
against our strategic priorities and our  
future plans.

SOLID FOUNDATIONS ON  
WHICH TO BUILD
We enter the new financial year in excellent 
shape having added to our asset base, 
enhanced market positions and successfully 
integrated our two strategically important 
acquisitions during the last twelve months. 
We have further strengthened the solid 
foundations of our business and we believe 
we are well placed to continue to deliver 
sustainable organic growth going forward. 

We are committed to creating great  
food experiences for our customers and 
consumers. This commitment is underpinned 
by an unstinting focus on quality and value 
and a drive to innovate and bring new and 
exciting products to market. I would like to 
thank our highly skilled and committed 
colleagues across the business who drive  
our business forward and who are the catalyst 
for our continued long-term growth and 
successful development.

Adam Couch
Chief Executive

23 May 2017

OUR STRATEGIC PILLARS

HIGH QUALITY 
PRODUCTS

OPERATING 
EXCELLENCE

The production of high  
quality products, which  
are safely produced  
in technically and legally 
compliant facilities,  
is central to everything  
we do.

Continued investment  
ensures that our factories  
are some of the most  
efficient food production 
facilities in the UK.

Read more on page 26.

Read more on page 28.

SALES GROWTH

SUSTAINABILITY

Our long-term sales  
growth strategy is to 
consolidate existing market 
positions, develop new 
products and channels,  
and grow our international 
operations and customer  
base. Organic growth  
initiatives are complemented  
by targeted acquisitions.

We invest heavily to  
secure our supply chains  
and provide career 
opportunities to our 
employees, and these 
investments provide  
confidence that we have  
a sustainable business in  
the longer term.

Read more on page 30.

Read more on page 32.

Read more on page 24.

Annual Report & Accounts 2017  Cranswick plc

17

Corporate GovernanceShareholder InformationFinancial StatementsOUR BUSINESS MODEL

A RESPONSIBLE AND SUSTAINABLE APPROACH

We have a long track record of increasing 
sales and profits through a combination  
of investing in modern, efficient factories, 
developing a range of quality products  
and making value added acquisitions. 

Supply chain security and integrity is a crucial 
component of our business model. Robust 
technical audits and traceability systems  

ensure that our products are responsibly  
and sustainably sourced from suppliers  
whose values are aligned to our own.

We own pig breeding and rearing operations 
which supply approximately 16 per cent of our 
British pig requirements. In addition, we now 
also own a fully integrated chicken supply 
chain including a feed milling operation which 

also supplies some of our pig breeding units. 
Our broiler farms now supply a proportion  
of the British chicken requirements of our 
premium cooked poultry business, further 
enhancing our supply chain transparency, 
security and efficiency.

See Sustainability on pages 32 and 33.

INPUTS

DIFFERENTIATORS

INVESTING IN  
MODERN FACTORIES
Ensuring that we have sufficient capacity headroom 
to meet our growth aspirations, that our facilities 
operate as efficiently as possible and provide a safe 
and secure working environment for our workforce.

DEVELOPING  
QUALITY PRODUCTS
Our operations are focused on the manufacture  
and supply of premium food products. We operate 
primarily in the UK, with a small but increasing 
proportion of sales being exported.

VALUE ADDING ACQUISITIONS
The acquisition of Crown Chicken during the  
year represents important strategic progress in 
developing a meaningful presence in the poultry 
sector over the longer term. The acquisition  
of Ballymena strengthens our UK pork processing 
business and provides further supply chain security.

SKILLED MANAGEMENT  
AND WORKFORCE
The business is under the control of stable, 
experienced and talented operational management 
teams supported by a skilled workforce.

STRONG CAPITAL POSITION
We have a robust balance sheet supported  
by strong cash generation. During the year we 
successfully refinanced the Group’s banking  
facility on improved terms.

COMMITTED  
TO TASTE
We are committed to 
delivering outstanding food 
experiences every time.

BRITISH HERITAGE
We produce exceptional  
food by securing the supply 
chain from farm to fork.

AUTHENTICALLY 
MADE
We use artisanal skills to  
make great tasting food  
for everyone to enjoy.

ENTREPRENEURIAL 
SPIRIT
We encourage a culture  
that allows innovative, 
commercially focused  
ideas to flourish.

18

Cranswick plc  Annual Report & Accounts 2017

STRATEGIC REPORT 
28%

74%

PROPORTION OF TOTAL UK  
PIGS THAT ARE PROCESSED  
BY CRANSWICK

PROPORTION OF PIGS 
PROCESSED TRAVELLING  
LESS THAN 50 MILES

ENABLERS

VALUE CREATED

TECHNICAL
•  Exacting standards

•  Exceptional track record

•  Forward thinking  
and progressive

See High Quality 
Products on pages 
26 and 27.

CUSTOMERS
•  Value for money

•  Choice

•  Provenance

SUPPLY CHAIN
•  Vertically integrated

•  Secure and traceable

•  Customer specific breeding

See our Supply  
Chain Model  
on page 20.

COMMUNITY
•  Jobs

•  Local involvement 

•  Charitable support

PEOPLE PLAN
•  Personal development plans

•  Training and development

•  Continuous engagement

See Operating 
Excellence on  
pages 28 and 29.

EMPLOYEES
•  Engagement

•  Training 

•  Development 
opportunities

INFRASTRUCTURE
•  World class manufacturing facilities

•  Unique processes and  

capabilities

•  Market leading innovation

See Operating and 
Financial Review  
on pages 36 to 38.

INVESTORS
•  Dividend growth

•  EPS accretion

•  Value creation

844

NEW PRODUCTS 
LAUNCHED DURING  
THE YEAR

16%

OF THE BRITISH PIGS WE 
PROCESS ARE FROM OUR 
OWN FARMS

240

MANAGERS ATTENDED 
BESPOKE MANAGEMENT 
TRAINING COURSES 
DURING THE YEAR

+17.6%

ADJUSTED EARNINGS  
PER SHARE

Annual Report & Accounts 2017  Cranswick plc

19

Corporate GovernanceShareholder InformationFinancial StatementsStrategic ReportOUR SUPPLY CHAIN MODEL

SUSTAINABILITY AND TRACEABILITY  
ARE AT THE CORE OF WHAT WE DO

THE RECENT BALLYMENA ACQUISITION STRENGTHENS OUR UK PORK PROCESSING BUSINESS 
AND PROVIDES US WITH GREATER CONTROL OVER OUR SUPPLY CHAIN, ENSURING THAT WE  
CAN MAINTAIN THE PRODUCTION AND PROCESSING OF HIGH QUALITY, UK FARM ASSURED  
PIGS WHICH IS CENTRAL TO OUR CUSTOMERS’ REQUIREMENTS.

FARMED

PROCESSED

CRANSWICK 
OWNED  
BRITISH 
FARMS 

PIG 
CONTRACTS 
WITH OTHER   
UK FARMS 

FEED MILLING

EUROPEAN 
PIG MEAT
IMPORTS

20

Cranswick plc  Annual Report & Accounts 2017

CRANSWICK  
PRIMARY
PROCESSING

OTHER HIGH QUALITY 
 INGREDIENTS FROM 
 SUSTAINABLE &   
TRUSTED SUPPLIERS

STRATEGIC REPORT 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
Low Res

230

SUPPLY CHAIN AUDITS  
CARRIED OUT IN THE YEAR

100%

PROPORTION OF CHICKENS 
PROCESSED TRAVELLING  
LESS THAN 25 MILES

CREATED

ENJOYED

115.68125061069172

WHOLESALE
FRESH PORK  
& CHICKEN

WHOLESALE FRESH PORK & CHICKEN

PORK 
FURTHER
PROCESSING

OTHER 
PRODUCT
CATEGORIES

RETAIL 
FRESH PORK 

COOKED
MEATS

SAUSAGES

BACON

PREMIUM 
COOKED 
 POULTRY 

CONTINENTAL
PRODUCTS 

PASTRY 

RETAIL

CONVENIENCE  
& ONLINE

FOOD SERVICE

FOOD TO GO

EXPORT

MANUFACTURING

Annual Report & Accounts 2017  Cranswick plc

21

Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceShareholder InformationFinancial Statements 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
MARKET OVERVIEW

OUR MARKETS

THE UK FOOD MARKET HAS UNDERGONE SIGNIFICANT CHANGES IN RECENT YEARS. OUR 
DIVERSE PRODUCT PORTFOLIO, WIDE RANGING CUSTOMER BASE AND EXCELLENT PRODUCT 
INNOVATION SKILLS ENSURE WE ARE ABLE TO RESPOND TO THESE CHANGES AND DELIVER 
GREAT TASTING, SUPERIOR QUALITY PRODUCTS OF THE HIGHEST INTEGRITY TO MEET OUR 
CUSTOMERS’ NEEDS.

RETAIL, CONVENIENCE 
AND ONLINE

TRENDS
•  Tight pig meat supply and weaker 
Sterling driving price inflation

•  Growth of the discount retailers slowing 
with recovery in Big Four supermarkets

•  Strategic reduction in promotional 

activity by retailers

•  Consumers demanding quick, easy, 
healthy and tasty meal solutions

OPPORTUNITIES
•  Pork and poultry remain competitively 

priced proteins

•  Longer term contracts with agreed 

pricing structures to secure the supply 
chain and differentiate through specific 
pig genetics

•  Growing demand for poultry products

•  Consumers looking for inspiration from 
added-value ranges for convenience 
and ‘out of home’ meals

EATING OUT  
OF HOME

TRENDS
• 

‘Food to go’ sector continues  
to expand

•  Growth of ‘out of home’ breakfast 

occasions accelerating

•  Focus on health and modern  

meal solutions

OPPORTUNITIES
•  Global food trends driving growing 
number of operators and formats

• 

• 

Increasing demand for quality products 
across breakfast, lunch and dinner 

Innovative, healthy solutions demanded 
by consumers

EXPORT

TRENDS
•  Strong demand for pork products  

OPPORTUNITIES
•  Weaker Sterling making exports  

from Far East markets

more competitive

•  Price premium on UK products 

•  Higher welfare is a key differentiator

•  Demand/supply imbalance across 

•  Maximising the value of cuts through 

developed markets

global markets

22

Cranswick plc  Annual Report & Accounts 2017

STRATEGIC REPORTRESPONSE
•  Continued focus on super-premium  

and premium within our product range

•  Acquisition of Ballymena to further secure 

supply chains and UK pork presence

•  Crown Chicken acquisition to extend  
our presence in the poultry sector  
and provide supply chain integration

•  Developing products that appeal to health 
conscious convenience shoppers, including 
‘grab and go’ lunchtime products and 
modern ‘mid-week’ meal solutions

Fresh and chilled 
expenditure change yoy %

19.9

15

5

13.4

  2017
  2016

3.9

3.7

0.6

1.5

-2.6

-1.1

Discount 
retailers

Premium
retailers

Total
market

Big Four
supermarkets

Source: Kantar Worldpanel, 52 w/e 27 March 2016 
and 26 March 2017

RESPONSE
•  Recent acquisitions of poultry businesses 
have extended our coverage within the 
‘food to go’ sector

• 

Innovative product solutions delivered 
by our dedicated team of development 
chefs, including slow cook and sous vide

•  Growing range of healthy eating options 

within our categories

+35%

GROWTH FORECAST OF  
‘FOOD TO GO’ MARKET 
BETWEEN 2016 AND 2021 

Source: IGD

RESPONSE
•  Growing presence in China

• 

Investment in Norfolk facility to  
meet USDA food standards

•  Ballymena acquisition to drive  

further export growth

>1.5M

TONNES

CHINA PORK IMPORTS 
DURING 2016, MORE THAN 
DOUBLE 2015 FIGURE

Source: AHDB

>50%

CHINA CONSUMPTION OF 
ALL PIG MEAT PRODUCED 
WORLDWIDE

Annual Report & Accounts 2017  Cranswick plc

23

Corporate GovernanceShareholder InformationFinancial StatementsStrategic ReportOUR STRATEGY

OUR STRATEGIC PROGRESS

STRATEGIC PILLARS

PROGRESS DURING THE YEAR

HIGH QUALITY 
PRODUCTS

The production of high quality products, 
which are safely produced in technically 
and legally compliant facilities, is central  
to everything we do.

See pages 26 and 27.

OPERATING 
EXCELLENCE

Continued investment ensures that our 
factories are some of the most efficient 
food production facilities in the UK.

See pages 28 and 29.

SALES GROWTH

Our long-term sales growth strategy  
is to consolidate existing market positions, 
develop new products and channels, and 
grow our international operations and 
customer base. Organic growth initiatives  
are complemented by targeted acquisitions.

See pages 30 and 31.

SUSTAINABILITY

We invest heavily to secure our supply 
chains and provide career opportunities  
to our employees, and these investments 
provide confidence that we have a 
sustainable business in the longer term.

See pages 32 and 33.

•  Our continued focus on super-premium and premium ranges has  
resulted in business wins across a number of categories in the year.

•  Our facilities have continued to undergo exacting technical audits  

carried out by independent bodies, customers, government authorities 
and our own compliance teams.

•  We have also increased the number of supply chain audits carried out  
by our technical teams to assure the safety, traceability, quality and 
provenance of our raw materials.

•  During the year we have invested £47 million in infrastructure to support 

future growth and increase efficiency.

•  Major upgrades of our Cooked Meats sites at Hull, Barnsley and  

Milton Keynes were completed in the year, driving efficiencies and 
volume growth.

•  We have boosted our graduate recruitment and apprenticeship  
schemes and have funded extensive training and development 
programmes at all levels across the business.

•  Total revenue was 22.5 per cent ahead of the prior year, driven by strong 

volume growth across most product categories.

•  Like-for-like revenue was 12.7 per cent higher than prior year, with 

corresponding volumes up 15.4 per cent as lower year-on-year prices  
in the first half of the year were offset by inflationary head-winds  
in the second half.

•  Far East export sales were 49.3 per cent higher than prior year, reflecting 
strong demand from the region and increased output from the Group’s 
primary processing facilities.

•  We are one of only six food companies globally to be awarded  

a Tier 1 rating in the Business Benchmark on Farm Animal Welfare 
(BBFAW) 2016 report.

•  We have continued to invest in dedicated supply chains in both pork  

and poultry which creates a point of difference for our customers and has 
enabled us to secure long-term supply agreements. 

•  The acquisition of Ballymena has provided further supply chain security 

with its strong links to the farming community in Northern Ireland.

24

Cranswick plc  Annual Report & Accounts 2017

See Operating and Financial review on pages 36 to 38.

STRATEGIC REPORTPRINCIPAL  
RISKS

Food scares 
and product 
contamination

Disease and 
infection within 
livestock

Business 
continuity

Interest rate, 
currency, 
liquidity and 
credit risk

Business 
acquisitions

IT systems and 
cyber security

Consumer 
demand

Reliance on  
key customers 
and exports

Competitor 
activity

KEY PERFORMANCE 
INDICATORS

FUTURE PLANS

15 

Number of BRC grade As (+7.1%)

230 

Number of supplier audits (+20.4%)

19 

Complaints per million units (-20.8%)

•  We are working closely with our customers to develop 

innovative premium product solutions to meet the rapidly 
changing demands of the UK consumer.

•  Our Research and Development programme aims to 

enhance textures and flavours and improve eating quality 
across our product ranges.

•  We are one of the founding members of the Centre for 

Innovation Excellence in Livestock, a £70 million innovation 
facility, which aims to transform the productivity of the  
UK livestock industry.

6.1% 

Adjusted operating margin (-29 bps) 

£72.4m 

Free cash flow (-13.2%)

19.0% 

Return on capital employed (+81 bps)

•  We have commenced building a new £25 million facility  

for our Continental Products business, which is due to be 
completed by spring 2018, which will provide substantial 
capacity headroom to grow this part of the business.

•  The upgrade of our Norfolk primary processing facility  
was completed in the year and extensions of our Hull  
and Ballymena facilities are in progress which will deliver 
additional capacity and efficiencies.

•  The introduction of the new Government Apprenticeship 

Levy Scheme will enable us to offer additional apprenticeship 
opportunities across all areas of our business.

£1,145.2m 

Like-for-like revenue (+12.7%)

£54.6m 

Non-EU export sales (+37.5%)

£143m 

Sales from new products  
(11.5% of total revenue)

0.202 tonnes 

Relative carbon footprint – tonnes of 
CO2e per tonne sales (-7.8%)

74% 

Pigs travelling less than 50 miles (-10 bps)

0.52 

RIDDOR accidents per 100 employees 
(-21.2%)

•  We continue to develop products that appeal to the growing 

convenience sector, including ‘grab and go’ lunchtime 
products and modern ‘mid-week’ meal solutions.

•  We are exploring opportunities to leverage relationships 
with our key retail customers to drive growth within our 
poultry operations.

•  The acquisition of Ballymena provides the opportunity  
to drive growth in our core pork-based categories and 
increase export revenue.

•  We aim to maintain our Tier 1 rating in the BBFAW report,  
the highest grading awarded to any company in the meat 
production sector.

•  We remain focused on meeting our commitment to reduce 
our carbon footprint, with further investment in energy 
reduction technologies.

•  We will provide ongoing Health & Safety training to continue 
to improve standards, and aim to further reduce the number 
of reportable accidents.

Recruitment 
and retention  
of workforce

Pig meat – 
availability  
and price 

Health  
& Safety

See KPIs on pages 34 and 35.

See Principal Risks and Uncertainties on pages 42 and 43.

Annual Report & Accounts 2017  Cranswick plc

25

Corporate GovernanceShareholder InformationFinancial StatementsStrategic ReportOUR STRATEGY CONTINUED

HIGH QUALITY PRODUCTS

WE ASPIRE TO BE THE MANUFACTURER OF CHOICE FOR  
OUR CUSTOMERS; RENOWNED FOR PRODUCT QUALITY  
AND INNOVATION, TECHNICAL INTEGRITY, COMPLIANCE, 
FOOD SAFETY AND ANIMAL WELFARE. 

Our production facilities are some of the  
best invested and most efficient in the UK 
and include the most modern and efficient 
pig processing facility in the country.

It is the combination of our people, facilities, 
approach and policies, and customer focus 
that enable us to remain the key supplier and 
category champion to a large number of UK 
and international clients as well as being a 
preferred partner on key technical initiatives 
and projects.

PRODUCT QUALITY AND INNOVATION
We have a clear strategic focus on positioning 
ourselves in the premium and super-premium 
tiers of our product categories and this 
continues to underpin the success of the 
business. We work closely with our customers 
to develop premium product solutions to meet 
the changing demands of the UK consumer.

We have dedicated teams exploring 
consumer trends and food innovation 
opportunities across the globe. We 
constantly research and test new recipes and 
ideas allowing us to deliver unique product 
offerings to our customers with enhanced 
flavours and improved eating quality.  
See pages 8 and 12 for further details.

MEETING EXTERNAL STANDARDS
Our facilities undergo exacting technical 
audits carried out by independent auditing 
bodies, customers, government authorities 
and our own technical compliance teams. 
During the year we hosted 486 separate 
external compliance audits and associated 
technical inspections, many of which were 
unannounced, and we are pleased to report 
that over 95 per cent of those audits were 
completed to the full satisfaction of our 
customers and other business stakeholders. 

We recently celebrated our 126th consecutive 
Grade A or better rating against the British 
Retail Consortium (BRC) Global Standard  
for Food Safety. This record of technical 
excellence stretches back to 2005 and is one 
which we believe to be sector leading. All our 
manufacturing sites have elected to have 
their BRC audits carried out unannounced.

Many of our pork products fully comply with 
the Red Tractor Assurance Scheme and the 
British Meat Processors Association (BMPA) 
Pork and Pork Meat Product standards. This 
compliance gives consumers the confidence 
that our products are produced within an 
assured supply chain; to specified standards; 
and traceable all the way back to British Red 
Tractor assured farms.

Compliance integrity is challenged by third 
party announced and unannounced audits 
which incorporate traceability, mass balance 
and isotope provenance testing to confirm 
origin. We also produce organic products 
that are subject to an in-depth traceability 
review carried out by independent auditors 
working on behalf of The Soil Association. 

In the year under review our Group Technical 
Compliance team completed 642 separate 
internal compliance audits against the BRC 
standard, retailer policy, Hazard and Critical 
Control Point (HACCP), hygiene inspections, 
and ethical standards. This programme is not 
only there to identify non-compliance but is 
also a means to proactively highlight best 
practice and shared learning across the 
Group which is a fundamental building  
block of the continuous improvement that 
underpins our robust technical performance.

Our long-term commitment to quality and 
compliance has resulted in the level of 
customer complaints falling during the year, 
and this continues to be closely monitored.

RESPONSIBLE SUPPLY CHAIN
Ensuring responsible purchasing
We are committed to ensuring the integrity 
and traceability of raw materials, including 
the meat, ingredients and packaging we  
use in the manufacture of our products. 695 
raw material suppliers and 5,847 products 
and associated specifications are approved 
and controlled centrally by Group Technical 
Services (GTS). Suppliers are approved  
either by an independent third party audit,  
such as the BRC Global Standard for Food 
Safety, or by audits carried out by members 
of our GTS team. Our expectations of our 
suppliers are clearly laid out in our Technical 
Conditions of Supply and our audit frequency 
is based on risk assessment, supply chain 
threat analysis, horizon scanning for known  
or emerging risks and previous supply record. 
In the last twelve months we carried out 230 
supply chain audits to assure the safety, 
traceability, quality and provenance of the 
raw materials we use within our business.

We are addressing the wider challenges 
associated with preventing DNA cross-
contamination during the manufacture of 
single species products in multi-species 
factories and we have been proactive  
in supporting the BMPA and the Food 
Standards Agency (FSA) in their work with 
industry stakeholders. We have an extensive 
risk-based DNA screening programme for 
raw materials used and finished products 
produced by our business. In the last year we 
spent more than £2 million on the laboratory 
screening of our products and raw materials 
to ensure compliance, provenance and safety.

Maintaining the highest ethical standards
We monitor ethical standards with our sites 
undergoing unannounced SEDEX Members 
Ethical Trade Audits (SMETA) every other year 
supported by our own ethical verification 
audits. We are AB (buyer/supplier) members 
of SEDEX (Supplier Ethical Data Exchange) 
and are currently working with our suppliers 
to register them with SEDEX so their ethical 
data is visible to us enabling us to drive 
ethical standards within our supply chain. 

26

Cranswick plc  Annual Report & Accounts 2017

STRATEGIC REPORTKey Sustainability Performance Indicator

Performance in 2015/16

Performance in 2016/17

Target in 2017/18

Complaints per million units sold
Number of suppliers linked to SEDEX
Benchmark on Farm Animal Welfare

24
294
Tier 2

19
407
Tier 1

Maintain the downward trend
Continue the upward trend
Maintain Tier 1

We take a leadership role within the wider 
industry with our Group Technical Director 
being an active member of the BMPA Council 
and Chairman of the technical committee 
responsible for the development of the 
BMPA Pork Schemes which are the assurance, 
traceability and product quality standards 
that sit behind the Red Tractor logo displayed 
on pork and pork meat products. Our Group 
Technical Compliance Controller represents 
the BMPA on the BRC working group 
responsible for the development of the  
BRC Global Food Standard.

Animal welfare
Many of the pigs supplied to us are reared  
to higher welfare standards associated with 
outdoor bred or outdoor reared production 
methods. Approximately 30 per cent of those 
processed by our Hull primary processing 
facility and 70 per cent at our Norfolk facility 
are reared to the exacting requirements of 
the RSPCA Freedom Foods welfare standard. 
The balance of pigs processed are reared 
indoors in full compliance with the Red 
Tractor/BMPA Quality Assured Pork (BQAP) 
welfare standards. All of our chickens are 
reared indoors in full compliance with the 
Red Tractor welfare standards.

The 2016 Business Benchmark on Farm Animal 
Welfare (BBFAW) report provides an account 
of how animal welfare is being managed by 
leading food companies around the world. 
The development of the Benchmark is funded 
by Compassion in World Farming and World 
Animal Protection and is a global measure  
of food businesses’ commitment to animal 
welfare. Now in its third year the benchmark 
has continued to evolve and challenge the 
industry’s commitment to animal welfare.  
We are therefore proud to be one of only six 
companies worldwide to have achieved the 
highest Tier 1 status, which endorses our 
commitment to animal welfare.

During the year, our Hull and Norfolk primary 
processing sites collectively processed an 
average of 48,500 pigs per week (up 4.7 per 
cent on the previous year). In addition, our 
Ballymena site has processed 8,000 pigs per 
week since acquisition. These facilities are key 
suppliers of pork to a number of our further 
processing businesses as well as third party 
food manufacturers.

They are strategically placed in three of the 
UK’s largest pig breeding and rearing regions. 
Close supply chain proximity ensures that 
animal transportation times from farm to 
processing facility are minimised with resulting 
welfare and food mile reduction benefits.

Our agricultural team is working with several 
retailer specific pig producer groups on 
rearing systems, breed development, welfare, 
sustainability, environment and ethical 
standards. Projects include:
•  collaborating with Bishop Burton 

Agricultural College on animal behaviour 
and welfare;

•  researching links between animal feed  

and pork eating quality; and

•  developing industry best practice 
guidance on the use of antibiotics.

During the year, Crown’s Weybread poultry 
site processed an average of 500,000 birds 
per week (up 7 per cent on the previous year). 
The site is a key supplier of chicken to our 
Hull cooked poultry site and third party retail 
and wholesale customers. Fully integrated 
supply chain proximity ensures that animal 
transportation times from farm to processing 
facility are minimised, with all broiler farms 
within 25 miles of the processing facility.  
All of the chickens we process come from  
our own farms. 

The map below provides an overview of  
farm locations and distances travelled by  
pigs and chickens from those farms to our 
processing sites:

Preston, near Hull
35% within 25 miles
55% within 40 miles
66% within 50 miles
73% within 60 miles

Norfolk
46% within 25 miles
86% within 40 miles
90% within 50 miles
95% within 60 miles

Ballymena
19% within 25 miles
43% within 40 miles
51% within 50 miles
76% within 60 miles

Weybread
100% within 25 miles

Annual Report & Accounts 2017  Cranswick plc

27

Corporate GovernanceShareholder InformationFinancial StatementsStrategic ReportOUR STRATEGY CONTINUED

OPERATING EXCELLENCE

OUR COMMITMENT TO OPERATING EXCELLENCE IS 
UNDERPINNED BY OUR CONTINUED LONG-TERM INVESTMENT 
IN OUR INFRASTRUCTURE, OUR PRODUCTION PROCESSES AND 
OUR PEOPLE.

INVESTING IN OUR INFRASTRUCTURE
During the year, the Group has invested  
£47 million in state-of-the-art equipment to 
support long-term future growth, introduce 
new capabilities and drive further operating 
efficiency gains. This commitment to ongoing 
investment over many years is reflected in the 
quality of our production facilities which are 
some of the most efficient and well invested 
in the sectors in which we operate. It ensures 
that we have sufficient capacity headroom to 
meet our growth aspirations and that we 
provide a safe and secure working 
environment for our workforce.

The expenditure in the year was spread 
across our asset base as we continue to 
successfully grow and develop all of our 
businesses and we have now invested in 
excess of £230 million in our infrastructure 
over the last eight years. For further 
information about capital projects delivered 
during the year see the Operating and 
Financial Review on pages 36 to 38.

DEVELOPING OUR PEOPLE
Our Human Resources (HR) strategy is 
incorporated into our Sustainability policy 
and overall strategic plan to underpin our 
vision and purpose. We aspire for our people 
to be the best and we are committed to 
inspiring and developing a multi-skilled  
and motivated workforce. The HR strategy 
includes sustainability initiatives for attracting 
and retaining talented individuals who have 
key skills which are vital to the delivery of our 
long-term business goals. We encourage our 
employees to express their views via Works 
Councils or Union membership. Employees 
have a worker representative, who may be  
a union representative, to air their views on 
internal committees. We want our employees 
to feel valued and we view them as critical 
stakeholders in our business. We have a 
training and development strategy delivering 
workforce capabilities, skills and competencies 
through its apprenticeship scheme, graduate 
development programme and management 
training courses. Succession planning is 
actively managed and employees are  
given career opportunities which support  
staff retention and a sustainable and  
stable business.

Attracting and developing talent
Graduate development
Our graduate recruitment scheme remains a 
key focus for us and in 2016 this was broadened 
to allow current employees to join the scheme 
to develop our existing talent pool at this level. 
The number of applications for the scheme  
has doubled as we attended 16 University 
Recruitment Fairs across the UK. Further 
details can be found on page 14. 

Apprentices
We now have over 40 apprentices within the 
business ranging from butchery, engineering 
and planning to finance, technical and 
administration. These programmes will  
enable apprentices to gain cross-functional 
skills that will be positively recognised  
across the industry. One of our engineering 
apprentices won the Humberside Engineering 
Training Association (HETA) Apprentice  
of the Year Award and we are running a 
partnership with Thomas Danby College  
in Leeds to deliver a bespoke butchery 
training apprenticeship for individuals over  
the next year.

£47m

INVESTED ACROSS  
OUR ASSET BASE

Cranswick Country Foods – Norfolk.

28

Cranswick plc  Annual Report & Accounts 2017

STRATEGIC REPORTWe are dedicated to delivering the benefits 
of the Apprenticeship Levy back in to the 
employee base of the group. Each site has 
carried out a skills gap analysis to understand 
where the training requirements are and will 
then match apprenticeships to these areas. 

stability for all of our employees regardless  
of nationality. We currently employ more  
than 9,000 staff of whom more than 6,000  
are permanent workers, encompassing over 
50 nationalities. 

Learning and development
The training and development of our teams  
is a vital contributing factor to the continued 
progression of the business and plays a critical 
part in succession planning ensuring we have 
the necessary skills set in place for the future. 
This is measured and regulated via an 
alignment to our appraisal system which feeds 
in to the development dashboards created 
across the business to identify where there  
are learning and succession gaps and how 
these will be filled over the designated  
period of time. 

In 2016 we trained 240 middle and senior level 
managers on bespoke management courses 
which enabled them to understand their  
own management style, how this impacted  
on others and the skills set they needed to 
implement in order to make them managers 
of the future. In 2017 we will introduce a 
similarly created talent programme for our 
directors in waiting and all current Board 
Directors have the benefit of using a personal 
coach to develop their existing skills.

Providing appropriate training to all 
employees is key to the success of our  
Group Health & Safety standards. All new 
employees undertake a Health & Safety 
induction course including fire safety, manual 
handling, task and machinery training in their 
working environment. We also provide 
ongoing Health & Safety training throughout 
employment. All of our employees and 
agency staff are task trained to safe systems 
of work for any equipment or task they  
work on. We have suitable systems for 
communicating Health & Safety and training 
for our non-English speaking workforce.

A diverse and integrated workforce
Encouraging the principles of equality and 
diversity is key to the successful and inclusive 
culture that lies at the heart of our business.  
All employment decisions, including 
recruitment and internal promotions,  
are based on merit, qualification and abilities 
and are not influenced or affected by an 
individual’s race, colour, nationality, religion, 
gender, marital status, family status, sexual 
orientation, disability or age. We have 
recruited over 2,000 individuals in to the 
business over the last year and will continue 
to develop our business model to recruit 
more permanent members of the workforce 
as part of our commitment to ensuring 

In 2016, we were among the first businesses 
to issue a statement on the Modern Slavery 
Act and our commitment to the protection  
of vulnerable workers continues throughout 
our supply chain. All members of our HR 
teams have attended a workshop on Modern 
Slavery and Human Trafficking within the 
Supply Chain led by the Association of 
Labour Providers. 

We recognise the benefits of diversity and 
our diversity policy provides equality and 
fairness. There are no differences in the pay 
structure for males and females performing 
the same or similar roles.

Further details of our diversity policy are 
shown in the Nomination Committee report 
on pages 60 and 61.

Keeping our people healthy and safe
We comply with all relevant Health & Safety 
standards and regulations, and adopt 
industry best practice across all our sites.  
Our Group Health & Safety team implements 
and monitors new initiatives to maintain 
excellent standards. The Board reviews 
quarterly accident and claims statistics.  
We review monthly accident statistics using 
an industry leading web-based recording 
system which allows analysis of each accident 
and monitors control measures introduced  
to prevent recurrence. The system includes  
a tracker to ensure all required actions are 
completed in the required time period.

Our Group Health & Safety team is led by  
the Group Health & Safety Manager with  
the assistance of two Group Health & Safety 
Coordinators who work under the guidance 
of our Group Compliance Manager. All our 
sites have a dedicated Health & Safety 
Manager to provide the highest standards  
of Health & Safety management. All our 
Health & Safety employees hold the 
appropriate National Examination Board  
in Occupational Safety and Health 
(NEBOSH) qualification.

With the increasing complexity of equipment 
and legislation surrounding its design and 
use, our engineering teams have been 
trained in machinery safety and any new 
machinery will not be used unless it complies 
with the latest Certificate of Conformity  
(CEE) regulations and has undertaken an 
assessment in line with the Provision & Use  
of Work Equipment Regulations (PUWER).

Annual internal Health & Safety audits are 
carried out to measure the Health & Safety 
standards at each of our sites to confirm  
they achieve the required standard and 
provide an action plan for the following 
twelve months. In 2016/17 we continued  
to improve Health & Safety standards and 
reduce accident frequency. The behavioural 
safety of employees is key to this and we have 
developed a behavioural safety system which 
highlights our workers’ attitude to risk and 
hazard. Behaviour modification is crucial to 
reducing unsafe acts and with encouraging 
positive reinforcement to staff we have seen 
accident rates decrease during the year and 
expect this trend to continue. This led to a  
37 per cent reduction in claims.

The Reporting of Injuries, Diseases and 
Dangerous Occurrences Regulations 
(RIDDORS) was lower than the previous year. 
The RIDDORS incident ratio (accident against 
number of employees) reduced by 21 per 
cent compared to 2016. The total number  
of recorded accidents per 100 employees  
in 2017 was 16 per cent lower than in 2016.

Accidents per 100 Employees 

6.9

6.7

5.6

0.78

0.66

2015

2016

0.52

2017

  Total
  RIDDORS

Annual Report & Accounts 2017  Cranswick plc

29

Corporate GovernanceShareholder InformationFinancial StatementsStrategic ReportOUR STRATEGY CONTINUED

SALES GROWTH

OUR LONG-TERM GROWTH STRATEGY IS TO CONSOLIDATE EXISTING MARKET
POSITIONS, DEVELOP NEW PRODUCTS AND CHANNELS IN OUR CORE UK MARKET
AND GROW OUR INTERNATIONAL OPERATIONS AND CUSTOMER BASE.

DELIVERING ON OUR GROWTH STRATEGY
We will implement our sales growth strategy by focusing primarily on the 
growing quality end of the market in which we operate and by establishing 
meaningful and long-lasting relationships with our customers. This action is 
underpinned by a drive to innovate and deliver outstanding product quality 
and customer service levels. 

DRIVING  
THE CORE

CONSOLIDATION  
OF EXISTING  
MARKET POSITIONS

EXPANDING  
OUR OFFER

DEVELOPING  
NEW PRODUCTS  
AND CHANNELS

Around three quarters of our revenues come from 
our retail customers with whom we continuing to 
gain market share. In recent years, provenance, food 
quality and animal welfare have become increasingly 
important for our customers and consumers.

manufacturing sector and, along with investment  
in our vertically integrated supply chains, underpins 
our core category growth strategy and supports the 
development of sustainable long-term contracts 
with our key retail customers.

We have, for many years, invested heavily in our 
infrastructure and this year we spent a record £47 
million across our estate to support future growth. 
This expenditure ensures that our facilities are some 
of the most efficient and safe in the UK food 

We continue to differentiate our core offering 
through our focus on developing innovative, 
premium products which remain relevant to our 
customers and consumers. This approach enables  
us to sustain meaningful top-line growth.

Our recent move into the fast growing premium fresh 
and cooked poultry market has enabled us to further 
diversify our product range and customer base. 

of Crown, we now have the capacity and capability to 
offer premium cooked poultry, sourced from our own 
internal supply chain, to our principal retail customers.

Following our acquisition of Crown Chicken during 
the year we can now offer our customers a fully 
integrated and encapsulated British chicken supply 
chain for both fresh and cooked products.

The acquisition of Benson Park in October 2014 
initially gave us access to the fast-growing ‘food to go’ 
and Quick Service Restaurant (QSR) market. 

Following completion of a £9 million investment 
programme at our Hull facility and the acquisition 

We have also invested in ‘sous vide’ cooking 
technology across our Convenience business to 
enable us to develop a range of products ideally 
suited to the rapidly developing ‘ready to cook’  
and convenience market.

We also continue to expand our range of premium 
pastry products produced in our state-of-the-art 
facility in Malton, North Yorkshire.

We continue to supply baby back ribs from our  
Hull facility, which is United States Department of 
Agriculture (USDA) approved, into the US market.

SEEKING NEW 
OPPORTUNITIES

GROWING OUR 
INTERNATIONAL 
OPERATIONS AND 
CUSTOMER BASE

We continue to make positive progress in 
developing our export trade. We now export to  
a number of countries in the Far East, albeit China, 
the world’s largest pork producer and consumer, 
remains our most important market. 

We now ship over 1,000 tonnes of product to the 
Far East each week and we account for over 50 per 
cent of all pig meat exports from the UK to this part 
of the world.

30

Cranswick plc  Annual Report & Accounts 2017

STRATEGIC REPORT12.7%

LIKE-FOR-LIKE REVENUE 
INCREASE FROM CONTINUING 
OPERATIONS

49.3%

INCREASE IN FAR EAST  
EXPORT REVENUE

PERFORMANCE DURING THE YEAR
Delivered like-for-like revenue growth of 12.7 per cent reflecting 
strong progress in our core markets.

Secured new online food retail business and further developed  
our ‘food to go’ offering.

FUTURE OPPORTUNITIES
We will explore further growth opportunities by: continuing to 
leverage our strong customer relationships; identifying new routes 
to market; developing new products; expanding into adjacent tiers 
in our existing category portfolio; and broadening our reach in 
international markets.

Further developed our export trade, particularly into high growth  
Far Eastern markets.

•  We made further progress during the year in consolidating our 
existing market positions by securing new business with our key 
retail customers. This business was spread across our product 
categories, but focused most strongly in our Convenience and 
Gourmet ranges.

•  We continue to invest heavily in new product development, 
delivering innovative premium products to ensure they stay 
relevant to the rapidly evolving markets in which we operate.
•  11.5 per cent of revenues in the year were attributable to new 

product launches.

We will continue to drive growth through gaining market share in 
existing tiers, moving into adjacent tiers and though building capacity 
in our facilities and our supply chain.

The addition of a third primary processing facility in Ballymena, 
Northern Ireland during the year helps give us the capability to deliver 
against our ambitious long-term growth aspirations.

Our new Continental Products facility in North Manchester, which is 
due to be commissioned in the spring of 2018, will provide substantial 
capacity headroom for this part of our business. 

•  We have delivered strong growth in our premium cooked poultry 

business and secured new retail listings.

We will continue to leverage our existing retail relationships to grow 
our poultry business.

•  Our Convenience business has secured new listings for its recently 

developed ‘slow cook’ and ‘sous vide’ ranges.

•  Our premium pastry business secured new business with a large 

national ‘food to go’ customer.

We will also continue to invest heavily in research and development 
and product innovation to drive growth in new channels and 
product categories.

•  We grew total export revenue by 38.4 per cent during the year.
•  Far East revenue increased by 49.3 per cent, supported by strong 

We continue to explore new markets and develop new products with 
which to access both new and existing export markets.

pork prices in China.

•  We lifted exports to our more traditional EU markets, helped by 

stronger European prices and the fall in value of Sterling. 

The recent Ballymena acquisition not only adds scale to our UK pork 
business but also provides more product for our international 
export trade.

Substantial investment at our Norfolk site supports our objective  
of securing USDA accreditation for the facility.

Annual Report & Accounts 2017  Cranswick plc

31

Corporate GovernanceShareholder InformationFinancial StatementsStrategic ReportOUR STRATEGY CONTINUED

SUSTAINABILITY

OUR APPROACH TO SUSTAINABILITY IS ALIGNED WITH OUR BUSINESS 
MODEL AND STRATEGY. WE BELIEVE THAT A COMMITTED APPROACH 
TO ALL ASPECTS OF SUSTAINABILITY WILL BENEFIT OUR STAKEHOLDERS 
AND STRENGTHEN OUR BUSINESS, FACILITATING FUTURE GROWTH.

Our Sustainability Policy is clearly linked to 
our strategy, guiding principles, KPI reporting 
and risk management framework. Our 
Sustainability Group meets at least four times 
a year chaired by the Group Finance Director 
with representation from each of the key 
functions of Human Resources, Health & 
Safety, Environmental and Technical.

•  environment – using our resources in  

an environmentally friendly and 
sustainable way;

•  communities – being responsible to the 
communities in which we operate; and
•  Shareholders – providing value in their 
investment and confidence in how  
we operate.

OUR SUSTAINABILITY PRIORITIES
Our sustainability priorities are to:
•  manufacture great quality food which  
is safely produced in technically and 
legally compliant facilities, prioritising 
food provenance;

•  drive research and development 

innovation through excellence in food 
science and food sector technology;
•  engage with industry stakeholders to 
remain at the forefront of legislative,  
food safety, agribusiness and other 
technological developments which may 
have an impact on our business; and

•  operate our business in a sustainable way 
with measurable KPIs in place to manage 
its impact on the environment.

ENGAGING WITH OUR STAKEHOLDERS 
We recognise the importance of engaging 
with all our stakeholders on a regular basis, 
and this ensures we capture and embrace 
feedback and emerging trends.

Our stakeholders:
•  customers and consumers – requiring 

great quality food;

•  producers and suppliers – providing us 
with raw materials that are approved to 
our quality standards;

•  people – keeping our employees healthy, 

safe and motivated;

SUPPLY CHAIN SECURITY
We have continued to invest in dedicated 
supply chains in both pork and poultry.  
This creates a point of difference for retailers 
and has enabled us to secure long-term 
supply agreements with them, which provide 
confidence that we have a sustainable 
business in the longer term. The acquisition 
of Ballymena during the year has provided 
further supply chain security with its strong 
links to the farming community in Northern 
Ireland. Further details on our supply chain 
and our focus on animal welfare and ethical 
standards can be found on pages 26 and 27.

ENVIRONMENT
We are committed to protecting our  
natural environment, reducing the impact  
of our activities on all our stakeholders and 
ensuring our resource usage and products 
are sustainable.

Our leading approach to environmental 
management was recognised at the 2017 
Made in Yorkshire Awards where we won  
the Green Manufacturer Award.

Environmental management
Our sites are committed to helping meet  
our sustainability goals and have developed 
plans and programmes to ensure we do so. 
All of our significant facilities are accredited 
to the ISO14001 Environmental 
Management Standard. 

Key Performance Indicator

Relative carbon footprint – Tonnes CO2e/Tonnes sales
Energy intensity – kWh/Tonnes sales

Waste to landfill – Tonnes

Performance in 

2015/16

2016/17

Target 2017/18

0.219

0.202

reduce by 5%

473

639

477

222

reduce by 5%

reduce to zero by  
end of 2017/18

Water intensity – cubic metres/Tonnes sales

2.59

2.73

reduce by 5%

32

Cranswick plc  Annual Report & Accounts 2017

Carbon footprint and Greenhouse  
Gas (GHG) emissions
We measure our carbon footprint (all Scope 1, 
Scope 2 and our significant Scope 3 emissions) 
using the UK Government GHG Conversion 
Factors and use this as the overall measurement 
of our environmental performance. 

Our long-term target of reducing our relative 
carbon footprint by 30 per cent by 2020 
(against our 2010 baseline) has been met 
three years early. Success has been driven by 
good energy performance, reduction in GHG 
emissions and strong production efficiencies. 
Despite continued growth of 15 per cent in 
like-for-like sales volumes, we have achieved 
a 13.1 per cent reduction in our like-for-like 
absolute carbon footprint. The relative carbon 
footprint has also reduced by 7.8 per cent to 
0.202 tonnes of CO2e per tonne of sales.

We continue to replace our conventional high 
Global Warming Potential (GWP) refrigeration 
systems with less damaging alternatives in line 
with our plan to replace all our high GWP F-Gas 
systems by 2020. This will further enhance and 
sustain our carbon reduction performance.

We acknowledge the requirement to disclose 
greenhouse gas emissions separately in the 
following categories: 

Emissions in tonnes of carbon dioxide from:
i)  combustion of fuel and operation of 

facilities; and 

ii)  purchase of electricity, heat, steam  

and cooling.

It is impracticable for us to distinguish 
between the two categories due to the 
nature of our operations; however, the 
majority of emissions come from electricity 
and gas, which are monitored.

We recognise the significance of GHG 
emissions from animals. We are working with 
industry peers and the scientific community 
to identify a means of reliably quantifying  
and further understanding the impact.

Energy
Our energy use and the reduction of the 
energy footprint of our products remains  
a high priority. We recognise that reductions 
in energy intensity bring significant financial 
and environmental benefits.

We have continued to invest in our energy 
infrastructure and the efficiency of production 
processes, as well as nurturing energy 
awareness with all our colleagues. This has 

STRATEGIC REPORTAbsolute Carbon Footprint  
(Tonnes CO2e)

120,000

100,000

80,000

60,000

2013

2014

2015/16

2016/17

  Like-for-like 

  Total Group

Waste Disposal Routes 
(%)

91.2

61.5

57.8

34.0

33.9

4.6

0.4

8.2

8.4

Landfill

Recycling

Refuse 
Derived Fuel

  2014 

  2015/16 

  2016/17

Absolute Energy Use 
(kWh million)

190

199

198

272

208

2013

2014

2015/16

2016/17

  Like-for-like 

  Total Group

Absolute Water Use 
(m3)

1,420,809

893,489

824,942

963,311

1,019,109

2013

2014

2015/16

2016/17

  Like-for-like 

  Total Group

resulted in our continued accreditation to  
the ISO50001 Energy Management standard 
across the Group.

Our recent acquisitions and the major 
redevelopment of our Norfolk facility  
have had a small impact on overall energy 
performance this year, increasing our overall 
intensity by 0.8 per cent. This will be targeted 
for improvement in the coming year as we 
embed ISO50001 Energy Management 
System into our newly acquired sites.

Waste disposal
We continue to make significant progress in 
reducing the impact of waste throughout the 
Group. Through our long-term partnership 
with Biffa/IRM and our ongoing engagement 
programmes we have reduced our landfill 
impact from the last financial year by 65 per 
cent and continue to be on track for our 
target of zero waste to landfill for the entire 
group by the end of 2017/18. 

To further increase our alignment with  
the needs of our key stakeholders and our 
environmental strategy, we recognise the 
need to continue reducing food waste 
throughout our products’ lifecycle and to 
continue to seek innovative ways to increase 
our recycling/re-use in a sustainable fashion.

Water use
Water use in food manufacturing will always  
be high, driven primarily by the need to 
provide production facilities with the highest 
standards of hygiene and its importance in 
many of our processes. The need for sound 
water management and control of emissions 
continues to rise. We recognise that water is  
a resource with high strategic importance and 
so continue to use it efficiently and responsibly. 

Our sites use technology to monitor usage 
closely and ensure our emissions do not  
place a disproportionate burden on local 
infrastructure. In line with our resource usage 
principles, we seek out and employ efficient 
technologies, as well as running staff 
engagement programmes to ensure our 
performance remains in line with best-in-class 
benchmarks. Our recent acquisitions have had 
an impact on our water usage, increasing our 
relative consumption by 5.4 per cent. This is 
primarily due to the higher water requirement 
in poultry farming and processing.

SOCIAL INVESTMENT
Community engagement
As one of our commitments to sustainability, 
we continue to support both local and 
national communities who share links to us 
through our values and sustainable business 
strategy. We are one of the largest employers 
in the East Riding of Yorkshire and take a 

proactive approach to engaging with the 
wider community, demonstrated through  
our role as City Partner to Hull UK City  
of Culture 2017 alongside our three year 
partnership with Hull Freedom Festival.  
Both events are designed to showcase the 
talent and cultural diversity within Hull  
and raise the profile of the city both locally  
and internationally. The business provides 
significant social, economic and environmental 
benefits to the city and we will utilise our 
position as City Partner to engage with  
the wider community through an inspiring 
programme of arts, culture and heritage, 
reaching out to diverse audiences, on both  
a local and international scale.

As well as sponsorship, we actively interact 
and engage with local communities during the 
festival through our own street food stall and 
informative event spaces.

We believe culture and arts have a positive 
transformational impact on audiences and we 
will be encouraging our employees to get 
involved with various opportunities including 
events, competitions, activities and volunteer 
programmes in alignment with our commitment 
to Hull 2017 to further reinforce our positive 
impact within the community.  

We are also a key partner of ’For Entrepreneurs 
Only’; a community interest company which 
helps entrepreneurs of all ages to start and 
grow their businesses with the aim of creating 
wealth and jobs in the Hull and Humber region.

We work with local schools, colleges and 
universities across all business areas and this 
includes industry mentoring, attendance at 
interview workshops and raising awareness  
of the food industry at events such as the 
Flavours Food Festival and university seminars.

We support a number of local charities which 
have particular relevance to site employees 
and have been nominated through a voting 
system. Charities include a mix of local and 
national organisations such as Bluebell 
Children’s Hospice, the Yorkshire Air 
Ambulance, Macmillan Cancer Support  
and Life for a Kid. In 2016, we joined ‘More 
Together’, a charity project which will 
encourage the entire Group to raise money 
for site nominated charities, along with 
several other businesses based in the East 
Yorkshire region. The project will encourage 
employees to participate in various physical 
challenges such as the Yorkshire Three Peaks, 
Total Warrior and the Humber Bridge Family 
Fun Walk in the upcoming summer months. 
This is an opportunity for employees across 
various functions and sites to raise money for 
charitable causes together. 

Annual Report & Accounts 2017  Cranswick plc

33

Corporate GovernanceShareholder InformationFinancial StatementsStrategic ReportOUR KPIs

WE MONITOR PERFORMANCE AGAINST  
OUR STRATEGIC OBJECTIVES THROUGH THE 
FOLLOWING KEY PERFORMANCE INDICATORS

HIGH QUALITY 
PRODUCTS

The production of high quality products, 
which are safely produced in technically 
and legally compliant facilities, underpins 
everything we do.

OPERATING
EXCELLENCE

Continued investment ensures that our 
factories are some of the most efficient 
food production facilities in the UK.

SALES GROWTH

Our long-term sales growth strategy  
is to consolidate existing market positions, 
develop new products and channels,  
and grow our international operations  
and customer base. Organic growth 
initiatives are complemented by 
targeted acquisitions.

SUSTAINABILITY

We invest heavily to secure our supply 
chains and provide career opportunities to 
our employees, and these investments 
provide confidence that we have a 
sustainable business in the longer term.

34

Cranswick plc  Annual Report & Accounts 2017

NUMBER OF BRC  
GRADE A RATINGS
+7.1%

14

15

13

2015

2016

2017

Definition
The number of Grade A ratings 
awarded during the year by the British 
Retail Consortium (BRC) against its 
Global Standard for Food Safety.

Comments
The number of Grade A ratings has 
increased following the acquisitions 
and the Group’s long-standing 
commitment to technical excellence.

ADJUSTED OPERATING 
MARGIN (%)
-29 BPS

Definition
Adjusted operating profit as a 
percentage of sales revenue.

5.8

6.4

6.1

2015

2016

2017

Comments
Adjusted operating margin reduced 
by 29 basis points to 6.1 per cent 
reflecting raw material price inflation 
offsetting volume growth, operational 
efficiencies and the positive 
contribution from acquisitions.

LIKE-FOR-LIKE REVENUE  
GROWTH (%)
+12.7%

Definition
The year-on-year increase in sales 
revenue excluding the contribution 
from acquisitions.

12.7

4.7

-0.3

2015

2016

2017

RELATIVE CARBON 
FOOTPRINT 
-7.8%

0.248

0.219

0.202

2015

2016

2017

Comments
Revenue growth reflects significant 
business wins driving strong 
like-for-like volume growth of  
15.4 per cent.

Definition
Tonnes of carbon dioxide equivalent 
per tonne of sales.

Comments
We committed to reducing our carbon 
footprint by 30 per cent by 2020 
(against our 2010 baseline) and have 
now met this target three years early.

STRATEGIC REPORTNUMBER OF SUPPLIER 
AUDITS 
+20.4%

230

191

159

Definition
The number of supply chain audits 
carried out in the last twelve months 
by the Cranswick Technical Services 
team to ensure the safety, traceability 
and quality of raw materials used.

Comments
Significant effort has been made  
in the current year to ensure supply 
chain integrity.

NUMBER OF COMPLAINTS 
PER MILLION UNITS 
-20.8%

Definition
The number of units for which 
complaints have been made by 
customers per million units sold.

34

24

19

Comments
Our long-term commitment to 
quality has resulted in a further 
reduction in the number of customer 
complaints in the current year.

2015

2016

2017

2015

2016

2017

FREE CASH FLOW (£’M)
-13.2%

83.4

72.4

53.5

Definition
The level of cash generated  
from operations less tax and net 
interest payable.

Comments
Higher operating profit was offset  
by an increase in working capital 
reflecting the growth of the business 
and the impact of acquisitions.

RETURN ON CAPITAL  
EMPLOYED (%)
+81 BPS

17.0

18.2

19.0

2015

2016

2017

2015

2016

2017

Definition
Adjusted operating profit divided  
by the sum of the average of 
opening and closing net assets,  
net (debt)/funds, pension liabilities 
and deferred tax.

Comments
Return on capital employed 
improved as we continued to see the 
benefit of the ongoing investment in 
our asset base to provide additional 
capacity and drive efficiencies.

NON-EU EXPORT SALES 
GROWTH (%) 
+37.5%

37.5

23.1

22.1

Definition
The year-on-year increase in sales 
made to non-EU customers including 
sales made to non-EU markets through 
UK-based meat trading agents. 

Comments
Non-EU export sales have continued 
to grow strongly, driven by robust 
demand for pork products in Far 
Eastern markets together with  
higher prices.

11.5

8.5

6.1

2015

2016

2017

2015

2016

2017

Comments
Significant business wins and our 
ongoing commitment to innovation 
to support strong relationships  
with our major retail customers  
saw new products account for  
over £143 million of sales in the 
current year.

SALES FROM NEW  
PRODUCTS (%)
11.5% OF TOTAL REVENUE

Definition
The percentage of total revenue 
derived from new products launched 
during their first six months of sale. 

PIGS TRAVELLING LESS  
THAN 50 MILES (%)
-10 BPS

75

74

74

Definition
The percentage of pigs processed at 
our three facilities that have travelled 
less than fifty miles from the farm.

NO. OF RIDDOR ACCIDENTS 
PER 100 EMPLOYEES
-21.2%

Definition
The number of accidents reportable 
to the Health & Safety Executive per  
100 employees. 

Comments
The majority of pigs processed 
continue to be sourced locally with 
resulting welfare benefits.

0.78

0.66

0.52

Comments
The development of our behavioural 
safety system has resulted in a 
reduction in the accident rate.

2015

2016

2017

2015

2016

2017

Annual Report & Accounts 2017  Cranswick plc

35

Corporate GovernanceShareholder InformationStrategic ReportFinancial StatementsFollowing the acquisition of Ballymena,  
the Wayland and Wold farming businesses 
now supply approximately 16 per cent of  
our British pig requirements. We are the third 
largest pig producer in the UK and represent 
5 per cent of the total UK pig herd. Almost  
90 per cent of the pigs produced from the 
two herds are bred outdoors, allowing us  
to provide a complete farm-to-fork solution  
for the premium pork ranges of our two 
largest retail customers. Provenance and 
end-to-end supply chain integrity are 
important differentiators that can enable us 
to lock in key long-term retail relationships. 
Improvements in productivity together  
with rising pig prices, as referred to below, 
resulted in an improved contribution from  
pig production.

OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW
WE HAVE DELIVERED ANOTHER 
EXCELLENT YEAR OF GROWTH
REPORTED REVENUE INCREASED BY 23 PER CENT AND ADJUSTED 
PROFIT BEFORE TAX GREW BY 17 PER CENT.

OPERATING REVIEW
REVENUE AND ADJUSTED OPERATING PROFIT

Revenue

Adjusted Group operating profit (Note 31)

Adjusted Group operating margin

2017

2016

Change

£1,245.1m £1,016.3m
£65.1m

£76.1m

+22.5%

+17.0%

6.1%

6.4%

-29 bps

REVENUE
Reported revenue from continuing operations 
increased by 22.5 per cent to £1,245.1 million. 
Growth was driven by a strong performance 
from each of our categories and reflected 
positive contributions from the Crown 
Chicken and Ballymena businesses acquired 
during the year. Like-for-like revenue was  
12.7 per cent higher, with corresponding 
volumes up 15.4 per cent. The gap between 
revenue and volume growth reflected the 
benefit to our customers and consumers  
of passing through lower input costs from  
the final quarter of the previous year. New 
contract wins, strong export sales and a 
greater number of pigs being processed 
through our three primary processing facilities 
underpinned this strong volume growth.

ADJUSTED GROUP OPERATING PROFIT
Adjusted Group operating profit increased 
by 17.0 per cent to £76.1 million. Operating 
margin at 6.1 per cent was 29 basis points 
lower with the delay, as anticipated, in 
recovering rising input costs through the 
second half of the year being partly mitigated 
by a positive contribution from our rapidly 
growing poultry and export businesses and  
a strong operational performance across 
each of our businesses. 

CATEGORY REVIEW
We now disclose information about four 
product categories or operating segments 
(Fresh Pork, Convenience, Gourmet Products 
and Poultry) which are aggregated into  
one reportable segment (Food). Details  
of category performance are provided  
below and we intend to report in this way 
going forward.

FRESH PORK
Fresh Pork includes our three primary 
processing facilities and associated farming 
operations and represents 32 per cent of 
Group revenue. Fresh Pork revenue increased 
by 6.7 per cent. Excluding the contribution 

from Ballymena like-for-like revenue  
growth was 2.1 per cent. Performance was 
comfortably ahead of the overall UK fresh 
pork category with market data for the  
52 weeks to 26 March 2017 highlighting  
a decline in volumes of 4 per cent, with  
much of this decline attributable to lower 
promotional expenditure and lower sales  
of traditional roasting joints.

Total export revenue grew by 38.4 per cent, 
reflecting growth in Far Eastern markets of 
49.3 per cent together with a 14.6 per cent 
increase into other export markets. The 
strong growth in shipments to the Far East 
reflected an increase in pig numbers 
processed at our three primary processing 
facilities, growth in the number of products 
being supplied and strong prices.

In November 2016, we acquired Dunbia 
Ballymena (now renamed Cranswick Country 
Foods Ballymena), a leading Northern Irish 
pork processing business. Ballymena 
operates from a modern, purpose built 
facility in Country Antrim, Northern Ireland 
and has a strategic, well-established supply 
chain with strong links to the local farming 
community. This acquisition strengthens our 
UK pork processing business and provides  
us with greater control over our supply chain, 
ensuring that we can maintain the production 
and processing of high quality, UK farm 
assured pigs which is central to our 
customers’ requirements. The facility 
immediately adds 8,000 pigs per week  
to our existing production capacity.

We continue to invest heavily across all three 
sites with a major overhaul of our Norfolk 
facility being completed during the year. 
Work is also underway at Ballymena to 
extend the butchery operation which will 
enable more pigs to be processed through 
the facility more efficiently. We are also 
planning to extend our Hull facility with work 
expected to start in the next financial year.

36

Cranswick plc  Annual Report & Accounts 2017

STRATEGIC REPORT17.2%

£72.9m

INCREASE IN ADJUSTED PROFIT 
BEFORE TAX

NET CASH GENERATED FROM 
OPERATIONS

POULTRY
Poultry, which includes fresh and cooked 
poultry, represents 11 per cent of Group 
revenue. Including the contribution from 
Crown, revenue increased by over 180 per 
cent. Excluding Crown, like-for-like revenue 
growth was 17.7 per cent. This was comfortably 
ahead of the overall UK market in which 
poultry continues to be the lead performer  
of the four principal meat protein categories. 
Recent UK market data shows fresh poultry 
growing at 6 per cent and ready to eat poultry 
at 8 per cent. 

Sales of fresh poultry grew strongly in the 
period post acquisition compared to the 
same period in the prior year reflecting strong 
volume growth. Crown, with its fully integrated 
supply chain model, made a very positive 
contribution to the Group during the period 
and is forging strong links with our premium 
cooked poultry and pig farming operations. 
Since acquisition, the number of birds 
processed by Crown has increased by 9 per 
cent, with around 15 per cent of the chicken 
produced by Crown now being used internally.

Sales of premium cooked poultry also grew 
strongly. The £9 million capital investment 
programme which was completed at the start 
of the current financial year has enabled new 
business to be secured and produced more 
efficiently by using the latest in-line cooking 
and spiral chilling techniques. This category  
is perfectly suited to the latest consumer 
trends which are focused on quick, easy, 
healthy and tasty meal solutions, with 
convenient protein a core component.  
More recently contracts have been secured 
with two of the Group’s principal grocery 
retail customers.

The UK pig price (EU-spec SPP) increased  
by 34 per cent during the year rising steadily 
through to the end of December before 
stabilising through the final quarter. This was 
in direct contrast to a year earlier when pig 
prices fell by 15 per cent over the course of 
the year. The average price for the year to 
31 March 2017 was 8 per cent higher year-on-
year. The rise in the UK price over the summer 
months reflected a more pronounced 
increase in the EU reference price which 
peaked 42 per cent higher than at the start  
of the year, resulting in the EU price pushing 
beyond the UK price before easing back in 
the autumn. The principal reason for the 
increase in European prices was strong 
demand for European pig meat from China 
and tighter supply in European markets.

CONVENIENCE
Convenience, which comprises Cooked 
Meats and Continental Products, represents 
38 per cent of Group revenue. Convenience 
revenue increased by 20.3 per cent reflecting 
new business wins and new product launches. 
Growth was again well ahead of the UK market. 

Cooked Meats performed strongly reflecting 
new business wins coming on stream 
throughout the period. Three major new 
contracts, with business secured for the 
long-term and with built in pricing models  
to address raw material price movements, 
leave the Cooked Meats category in robust 
shape heading into the new financial year. 
The ongoing capital investment programme 
resulted in £19 million being spent across the 
three Cooked Meats sites during the period 
to upgrade the facilities, add capacity and 
introduce new capability to produce ‘slow 
cook’, ‘sous vide’, ‘food to go’ and ‘barbecue’ 
ranges, which have been added to our 
portfolio of products following recent 
contract wins.

Revenue from Continental Products also 
grew strongly. The business continues to 
successfully source new products from a 
complex array of high quality premium 
suppliers across the Mediterranean region. 
The ‘Made in Manchester’ concept highlights 
the significant value add that the experienced 
and innovative teams at the two Manchester 
facilities bring to this fast-growing category. 
The two facilities, which have served the 
business so well since the Continental Fine 

Foods business was acquired, are now 
operating at full capacity. To enable the 
business to continue to grow and develop,  
a new £25 million facility is being built in the 
North West of England which will consolidate 
production from the two existing sites. The 
new site, based at Bury in Lancashire, will 
increase current capacity by approximately  
70 per cent and will enable existing and new 
product ranges to be produced more efficiently.

GOURMET PRODUCTS
Gourmet Products, which comprise sausage, 
bacon and pastry, represents 19 per cent  
of Group revenue. Revenue increased by  
16.4 per cent with all categories in growth. 

Sausage sales were extremely strong. New 
contract wins with the Group’s two largest 
retail customers for their ‘Butcher’s Choice’ 
ranges, which together delivered 350 tonnes 
per week of incremental volume, underpinned 
this robust category performance. Sausage 
production recommenced at our Norfolk 
facility early in the year to meet this increase 
in demand with over 150 tonnes of sausage 
being produced each week from the site. 
Sales of premium beef burgers from the 
Lazenby’s facility also grew strongly. New 
mixing and blending equipment has been 
successfully commissioned to support the 
next phase of growth and development of 
the facility with £6 million being invested 
across the two sausage sites during the year.

The premium bacon sector continues to 
outperform the overall category, but slower 
year-on-year growth compared to previous 
periods highlighted the recent trend by  
our retail customers to move away from 
promotional mechanics and multi-buy offers. 
Growth accelerated in the second half of the 
year following a new contract win.

Pastry returned to volume growth in the 
second half of the year driven by a strong 
promotional plan with the business’ anchor 
customer and a new contract win in the  
‘food to go’ market. Further improvements  
in operational efficiencies throughout  
the year allied to an improved top line 
performance leave the pastry business well 
placed to drive further volume growth in  
the next financial year.

Annual Report & Accounts 2017  Cranswick plc

37

Corporate GovernanceShareholder InformationFinancial StatementsStrategic ReportOPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW CONTINUED

FINANCE REVIEW
REVENUE
Reported revenue from continuing 
operations at £1,245.1 million increased by 
22.5 per cent compared to the previous year. 

ADJUSTED GROUP OPERATING PROFIT
Adjusted Group operating profit of £76.1 
million, including the post-acquisition 
contribution from Crown and Ballymena, 
increased by 17.0 per cent. Adjusted Group 
operating margin was 6.1 per cent of sales 
compared to 6.4 per cent last year.

REFINANCING AND FINANCE COSTS
On 17 November 2016, the Group 
successfully refinanced its banking facility. 
The new agreement, which is on improved 
terms, is unsecured and runs to November 
2021 with the option to extend by up to a 
further two years and comprises a revolving 
credit facility of £160 million, including a 
committed overdraft of £20 million. It also 
includes the option to access a further £40 
million on the same terms at any point during 
the term of the agreement. The facility 
provides the business with generous 
headroom for the future.

Net financing costs at £0.6 million were in line 
with the prior year, with lower bank base rates 
and improved terms following refinancing 
being offset by higher average borrowings.

ADJUSTED PROFIT BEFORE TAX
Adjusted profit before tax was 17.2 per cent 
higher at £75.5 million (2016: £64.4 million).

TAXATION
The tax charge of £15.1 million was 19.5 per 
cent of profit before tax (2016: 21.0 per cent). 
The standard rate of UK corporation tax  
was 20.0 per cent (2016: 20.0 per cent).  
The effective corporation tax rate was lower 
than the standard rate due to prior year 
adjustments, primarily relating to a capital 
allowance review during the year, partially 
offset by disallowable expenses. The higher 
than standard rate charge in the prior year 
reflected the impact of disallowable expenses.

TAX STRATEGY
Our approach to tax supports our strategic 
aims and protects shareholder value by only 
adopting tax planning arrangements that are 
low risk and have strong commercial merit. 
We have an approved tax strategy which 
ensures that we are in full compliance with 
applicable tax laws in whatever country we  
do business. Our tax strategy can be found 
on our website: www.cranswick.plc.uk.

38

Cranswick plc  Annual Report & Accounts 2017

DIVIDEND POLICY
We believe in paying a sustainable dividend 
which delivers a strong return to investors, 
but is balanced against the need to invest in 
the future of the business. Our policy ensures 
that shareholder income streams are strongly 
aligned to profitability and the sustained 
growth in the Group’s profits has been 
matched by the Group’s dividend per share 
growth which is unbroken for 27 years (see 
page 4). Our dividend policy can be found  
on our website: www.cranswick.plc.uk.

ADJUSTED EARNINGS PER SHARE
Adjusted earnings per share from continuing 
operations rose by 17.6 per cent to 120.9 
pence (2016: 102.8 pence). The average 
number of shares in issue was 50,191,000 
(2016: 49,601,000).

STATUTORY PROFIT MEASURES
The statutory results of the business show  
a 24.8 per cent increase in profit before tax  
to £77.5 million (2016: £62.1 million), a 24.6 per 
cent increase in Group operating profit to 
£78.1 million (2016: £62.7 million), and a  
25.6 per cent increase in earnings per  
share to 124.2 pence (2016: 98.9 pence).  
Full reconciliations of these results to the 
adjusted measures can be found in Note 31.

SALE OF SANDWICH BUSINESS
On 23 July 2016, the Group sold its Sandwich 
business, The Sandwich Factory Holdings 
Limited, to Greencore plc for net proceeds  
of £15.7 million before costs. Further details 
of the transaction are set out in Note 8. The 
after-tax results of the Sandwich business for 
both the current and prior years, including 
profit on disposal of £4.5 million in the current 
year and a goodwill impairment charge of 
£4.6 million in the prior year, are included  
in a single line item ‘Profit/(loss) for the year 
from discontinued operations’ at the foot  
of the income statement.

ACQUISITION OF DUNBIA BALLYMENA
On 16 November 2016, the Group acquired 
the whole of the issued share capital of 
Dunbia Ballymena, a leading Northern Irish 
pork processing business, for an initial  
cash consideration of £16.7 million net  
of cash acquired, with further contingent 
consideration of £1.25 million. Further details 
of the transaction are set out in Note 15.

reflecting the impact of acquisitions and  
the increasing scale of the business. Net  
debt increased by £28.8 million in the year  
to £11.0 million including the £40.5 million net 
spend on corporate transactions and the net 
£46.5 million invested in our asset base. Net 
debt was just 2.6 per cent of Shareholders’ 
funds (2016: zero per cent) as our balance sheet 
continues to be conservatively managed.

PENSIONS
The Group operates defined contribution 
pension schemes whereby contributions  
are made to schemes administered by major 
insurance companies. Contributions to these 
schemes are determined as a percentage  
of employees’ earnings.

The Group also operates a defined benefit 
pension scheme which has been closed  
to further benefit accrual since 2004. The 
deficit on this scheme at 31 March 2017 was 
£9.5 million, compared to £4.4 million at 
31 March 2016, reflecting our commitment  
to increased funding for the scheme over  
the next five years. Cash contributions to  
the scheme during the year, as part of the 
programme to reduce the deficit, were  
£1.3 million. The present value of funded 
obligations was £36.1 million and the fair 
value of plan assets was £26.6 million.
During the year, the triennial valuation of the 
scheme was completed. Following a review  
of the valuation the Directors agreed a new 
contribution schedule with the Trustees of 
the scheme to further reduce the deficit. 
Over the period from April 2017 to 
September 2022, cash contributions will  
be increased to £1.8 million per annum.

UK REFERENDUM ON EU MEMBERSHIP
The recent triggering of Article 50, which 
formally commenced the UK’s negotiations  
to leave the EU, has yet to provide stability  
in currency markets or clarify the uncertainty 
within the European labour market. The 
Group therefore continues to monitor and 
manage its business risks in these areas. 

SUMMARY
We have delivered another excellent year  
of growth, making good progress against 
each of our strategic objectives leaving us  
in a strong position to drive further growth 
going forward.

CASH FLOW AND NET DEBT
The net cash inflow from operating activities 
in the year was £72.9 million (2016: £83.8 
million) reflecting higher Group operating 
profit offset by a working capital outflow  
of £18.6 million (2016: inflow of £9.0 million) 

Mark Bottomley
Finance Director

23 May 2017

STRATEGIC REPORTAnnual Report & Accounts 2017  Cranswick plc

39

Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceShareholder InformationFinancial StatementsPRINCIPAL RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES

TO MINIMISE THE IMPACT OF SPECIFIC RISKS  
ON THE GROUP’S OPERATIONS, FINANCIAL 
PERFORMANCE AND REPUTATION, IT IS CRITICAL 
THAT RISKS ARE IDENTIFIED AND MANAGED

In making this assessment of viability, the 
Board carried out a robust assessment of  
the principal risks and uncertainties facing 
the Group. However, the Board specifically 
completed a detailed sensitivity analysis  
on risks assessed to have the highest 
likelihood of occurrence or the severest 
impact, crystallising both individually and  
in combination. These were a loss of a key 
customer, a significant decline in consumer 
demand and a reduction in overseas exports.

The impact of these risks occurring was 
measured by quantifying their financial 
impact on the strategic plan, and on the 
Group’s viability against specific measures 
including liquidity, credit rating and 
bank covenants. 

The results of the sensitivity analysis 
highlighted that the Group would,  
over the three year period, be able to 
withstand the impact of the most severe 
combination of the risks modelled by  
making adjustments to its strategic plan  
and capital expenditure programme.

Based on the results of this analysis, the 
Board has a reasonable expectation that  
the Group will be able to continue in 
operation and meet its liabilities as they  
fall due over the period to 31 March 2020.

RISK MANAGEMENT FRAMEWORK
As shown opposite, the Group has 
embedded formal risk management 
processes in place to support the 
identification and management of risks 
across the business. The Board has overall 
responsibility for the establishment and 
oversight of the Group’s Risk Management 
Framework and Internal Control procedures 
which are summarised below and discussed 
further within the Governance Report on 
pages 48 to 52. 

A Group Risk Committee is in place, 
consisting of Senior Managers and chaired  
by the Finance Director which meets four 
times a year and provides oversight and 
advice to the Audit Committee and Board  
in relation to current and future risk 
exposures and risk mitigation strategies. 

In addition, the Group has a well-established, 
effective Internal Audit function which reports 
directly to the Audit Committee and provides 
independent assurance that the Group’s risk 
management processes and key internal 
control procedures are operating effectively.

IDENTIFYING AND MANAGING RISKS
The Group’s risk management process 
enables the business to identify, prioritise 
and mitigate risk. Specifically a Group risk 
register is in place generated from site risk 
registers owned by Operational Management 
and this also contains identified overarching 
Group risks which could have a significant 
impact on the business as a whole. 

The Board formally reviews the Group risk 
register on at least an annual basis and in 
addition receives a quarterly update report 
on the risk profile facing the Group. 

All business units and functions perform 
regular risk assessments that consider a 
range of risks and issues. Overall through  
this formalised process the principal risks  
are determined and subsequently agreed  
by the Board. For the year ended 31 March 
2017 the risks facing the Group are broadly 
consistent with the previous year, with no 
significant changes identified. 

However, following the integration of Crown 
Chicken into the Group, the business is 
mindful of the specific risks associated within 
poultry flocks, for example Avian Influenza 
and the overall importance of the poultry 
flock to the operations of the Group.

PRINCIPAL RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES
The principal risks and uncertainties facing 
the Group are summarised on pages 42  
and 43. These have been considered during 
the production of the Viability Statement. 
However, it is not possible to identify  
or anticipate every risk that may affect  
the Group. 

VIABILITY STATEMENT
In accordance with provisions of the UK 
Corporate Governance Code, the Board has 
assessed the viability of the Group over a 
three year period, taking into account the 
current position, future prospects and the 
potential impact of the principal risks 
outlined on pages 42 and 43 of the  
Annual Report. 

The Board has determined that a three year 
period to March 2020 is an appropriate period 
over which to provide its Viability Statement. 
This timeframe has been specifically chosen 
due to the current financial and operational 
planning cycles of the Group, and debt 
finance in place with the Group’s banking 
syndicate being reviewed over a three  
year timeframe.

40

Cranswick plc  Annual Report & Accounts 2017

STRATEGIC REPORTRISK MANAGEMENT FRAMEWORK

R I N G

O

IDENTIFIC

A

T
I

O

N

O NIT

M

M

I

T

I

G

A

T

I

O

N

Board

Audit Committee

Group Risk Committee

Operational Management

PRIORITIS AT I O N

T
N
E
M
S
S
E
S
AS

Board 
Responsible for the Group’s system of risk management and internal control  
and for setting the Group’s overall risk appetite.

Audit Committee 
Reviews the systems of internal control that are in place and provides assurance  
to the Board that the processes of risk management and internal control are  
operating effectively.

Group Risk Committee 
Provides oversight and advice to the Audit Committee and Board in relation  
to current and future risk exposures and risk mitigation strategies.

Operational Management 
Deploy site level risk management processes to ensure that risks  
are adequately identified and controlled.

Read more on pages 48 to 52.

Annual Report & Accounts 2017  Cranswick plc

41

Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceShareholder InformationFinancial Statements 
 
 
 
 
PRINCIPAL RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES CONTINUED

THE PRINCIPAL RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES FACING 
THE GROUP ARE SHOWN BELOW:

Risk Area

STRATEGIC

CONSUMER 
DEMAND

Deterioration in the UK economy would adversely 
affect the activity levels of consumers and the 
Group’s immediate customers, leading to a fall  
in demand for the Group’s products. 

COMPETITOR 
ACTIVITY

The Group trades in highly competitive markets. 
Product innovation and changing consumer 
trends provide a constant challenge to the  
future success of the Group and its ability  
to compete effectively.

Strategic  
Pillar

Mitigation

Risk  
Rating

Risk  
 Trend

The Group offers a range of products across 
premium, standard and value tiers which it  
is able to flex in response to customer and  
market demands. Pork and chicken remain 
extremely competitively priced and sought  
after products.

The Group maintains and develops strong 
working relationships with its customers.  
This is supported by delivering high levels  
of service and quality products and by the 
continued focus on product development  
and innovation.

•••••

•••••

COMMERCIAL

RELIANCE ON  
KEY CUSTOMERS 
& EXPORTS

A significant proportion of the Group’s results 
is generated from a small number of major 
customers and export sales. Loss of all or part  
of the Group’s business with one or more of  
these customers or loss of export licence would 
adversely impact on the Group’s operations.

The Group continually pursues opportunities  
to expand its customer base across all product 
categories and works closely with UK and export 
customers to ensure service, quality, food safety 
and new product developments are of the 
highest standard.

•••••

PIG MEAT – 
AVAILABILITY  
& PRICE

The Group is exposed to specific issues 
associated with the pricing and availability  
of pig meat. An increase in pig prices or a lack  
of availability of pig meat would adversely  
impact on the Group’s operations.

The Group has a trusted long standing farming 
supply base which is complemented by supply 
from the Group’s own farms. These arrangements 
help to mitigate the risks associated with pig 
price volatility and supply.

•••••

FINANCIAL

INTEREST RATE, 
CURRENCY, 
LIQUIDITY & 
CREDIT RISK

The Group is exposed to interest rate 
risk on borrowings and, in specific areas,  
foreign currency fluctuations. In addition the 
Group needs continued access to funding for 
both current business and future growth.

BUSINESS 
ACQUISITIONS

As the Group grows, businesses may be acquired 
based on inaccurate information, unachievable 
forecasts or without appropriate consideration 
being given to the terms of the purchase.

Considered in detail within Viability Statement

42

Cranswick plc  Annual Report & Accounts 2017

The Group deploys effective currency hedging 
arrangements to mitigate risks associated with 
foreign currency movements. Sites have access  
to the Group’s overdraft facility and bank 
balances are monitored on a daily basis.  
All bank debt is arranged centrally and 
appropriate headroom is maintained.

•••••

Prior to all business acquisitions rigorous due 
diligence reviews are carried out, using both 
internal and specialised external resources. In 
addition, the existing senior management teams 
are generally retained to provide continuity and 
to facilitate integration of the acquired business 
into the Group.

•••••

STRATEGIC REPORTSTRATEGIC  
PILLAR

Quality Products

Operational Efficiency

Sales Growth

Sustainability

NET RISK AFTER  
MITIGATION
••••• Low risk

••••• Medium risk

••••• High risk

Strategic  
Pillar

Mitigation

Risk  
Rating

Risk  
Trend

Robust business continuity plans are deployed 
across the Group and appropriate insurance 
arrangements are in place to mitigate financial 
loss. Potential business disruption is minimised 
through multi-site operations across many of the 
Group’s core product lines.

•••••

Across the Group robust recruitment processes, 
competitive remuneration packages and 
ongoing training and development plans are  
in place. Specifically for senior management, 
formalised succession planning is also in place.

•••••

The increase in the year reflects the uncertainty 
surrounding labour availability when the UK 
leaves the EU.

The Group conforms to all relevant standards 
and regulations, and pursues industry best 
practice across its sites. All sites are subject  
to frequent audits by internal teams, customers 
and regulatory authorities to ensure standards 
are being adhered to.

•••••

The Group’s pig farming activities, and  
other farms from which third party pig meat  
is ultimately sourced, have a broad geographical 
spread to avoid reliance on a single production 
area. Our poultry flock is all housed indoors.  
In addition, robust vaccination and bio-security 
procedures mitigate the risk of disease 
and infections.

•••••

The Group ensures that all raw materials  
are traceable to original source and that site 
manufacturing, storage and distribution systems 
and those of our suppliers are continually 
monitored by experienced and appropriately 
trained technical teams.

•••••

Risk Area

OPERATIONAL

BUSINESS 
CONTINUITY

The Group faces the risk of significant incidents 
such as fire, flood or loss of key utilities, which 
could result in prolonged disruption to site 
manufacturing processes.

RECRUITMENT & 
RETENTION OF 
WORKFORCE

The success of the Group is dependent  
on attracting and retaining quality, skilled  
and experienced labour, staff and senior 
management.

HEALTH & SAFETY A breach of Health & Safety legislation may  
lead to reputational damage and regulatory 
penalties, including restrictions on operations, 
damages or fines.

DISEASE & 
INFECTION  
WITHIN 
LIVESTOCK

A significant infection or disease outbreak  
may result in the loss of supply of pig or poultry 
meat or the inability to move animals freely, 
impacting on the supply of key raw materials 
into the Group’s sites.

FOOD SCARES  
& PRODUCT 
CONTAMINATION

The Group is subject to the risks of product and/
or raw material contamination and potential 
health related industry-wide food scares. Such 
incidents could lead to product recall costs, 
reputational damage and regulatory penalties. 

IT SYSTEMS & 
CYBER SECURITY

The Group relies on information technology  
and key systems to support the business.  
In common with other organisations the Group 
is susceptible to cyber-attacks with the risk  
of a financial loss and threat to the overall 
confidentiality and availability of data in systems.

The Group has a robust IT control framework  
in place, which is reviewed and tested on a 
frequent basis by internal teams and specialist 
third parties. Detailed internal control procedures 
are also in place to reduce the potential risk of 
fraudulent payment requests being processed.

•••••

It should be noted that following the vote on 23 June 2016, the Board have also considered the potential implications  
of the vote to leave the European Union on the short and medium term prospects of the Group. Whilst there are specific 
potential areas where Brexit could impact upon the Group, for example availability of labour, a sustained reduction in 
the value of Sterling and an overall downturn in consumer demand, the impact of these issues cannot be quantified until 
the exact terms and conditions for the United Kingdom to leave the European Union have been agreed.

Annual Report & Accounts 2017  Cranswick plc

43

Corporate GovernanceShareholder InformationFinancial StatementsStrategic Report 
We remain committed to maintaining  
a high standard of governance and continue  
to have contact with our Shareholders 
through regular dialogue and effective 
communication. This report sets out how  
we have maintained this process and how  
we align governance to the strategic plans  
of the organisation.

Martin Davey
Chairman

23 May 2017

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

CHAIRMAN’S GOVERNANCE OVERVIEW

IT IS IMPORTANT TO THE BOARD AND TO THE SHAREHOLDERS  
AND OTHER STAKEHOLDERS THAT THE GROUP MAINTAINS A  
HIGH STANDARD OF CORPORATE GOVERNANCE TO SAFEGUARD  
ITS REPUTATION AND TO SUPPORT ITS LONG-TERM SUCCESS.

Dear fellow Shareholder,

Every year the Board assesses the Group’s 
Corporate Governance procedures and  
I am pleased to report that the Group has 
continued to comply with the requirements 
of the UK Corporate Governance Code  
(the Code) throughout the year. In order  
to maintain compliance the Board supports 
the executive team, providing guidance  
and advice to complement and enhance  
the work the team performs. The Board 
consistently challenges processes, plans  
and actions, exercises a degree of rigorous 
enquiry and stimulates intellectual  
debate. This serves to promote continual  
and sustained improvement in governance 
across the business.

During the year the Nomination Committee 
has increased the frequency of its meetings 
to ensure that there is adequate assessment 
of the skills and expertise on the Board and 
consideration given to succession planning 
for both the Board and the senior executives. 
Kate Allum’s first three year term ended 
during the year and I am pleased to report 
that the Nomination Committee and the 
Board have reappointed her for a further 
three years.

The Remuneration Committee continues  
to assess the incentives for the Executive 
Directors and senior executives to ensure 
they are aligned to the Group’s strategy  
and are in the long-term interests of 
Shareholders and other stakeholders.

The Audit Committee continues to monitor 
the integrity of the financial statements  
and related Stock Exchange announcements 
together with assessing business risks and 

the robustness of the internal controls that 
mitigate them. The Committee is giving 
ongoing consideration to the impact on the 
business of the UK ceasing to be a member 
of the EU, with key areas of focus being 
access to labour and foreign currency volatility. 

During the year an external audit  
tender process was carried out with 
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP being selected, 
subject to Shareholder approval at the AGM 
in July 2017, to engage as auditors for the 
year ended 31 March 2018. Ernst & Young 
LLP, our auditors for the last 45 years were, 
given their long association with the 
Company, asked not to re-tender for the 
audit. Further details of the audit tender 
process are provided on page 57.

The Board has undergone an independent 
external evaluation in the year carried out  
by EquityCommunications Limited, being 
three years since the previous evaluation. 
Overall the performance of the Board and 
each of its committees was considered to  
be effective and they continue to provide 
effective leadership and exert the required 
levels of governance and control. Details of 
this Board evaluation process are set out  
on page 51.

The Board has given consideration to a 
Group policy to comply with EU Market 
Abuse Regulations. It is expected that these 
regulations will continue to apply following 
the UK’s exit from the EU, and the Board 
continues to keep this matter under review.

44

Cranswick plc  Annual Report & Accounts 2017

CORPORATE GOVERNANCEGOVERNANCE HIGHLIGHTS

a d e rship

e

L

ers
ld
o
h
e
r
a
h

S

R

e

m

uneration

c

A c

E

ff

e

c

t
i

v

e

n

e

s
s

y

bilit
o u nta

Leadership
The Board directs, develops and oversees implementation of the Group’s  
strategy and monitors its operating performance. It is collectively responsible  
to Shareholders for the long-term success of the Company.

Effectiveness
The Board maintains a twelve-month rolling programme of agenda  
items to ensure that all matters reserved for the Board and other key  
issues are considered at the appropriate time. 

Accountability
The Board has overall responsibility for the Group’s system  
of internal control which safeguards the Shareholders’ investment and  
the Group’s assets, and for reviewing its effectiveness.

Remuneration 
Executive remuneration policy is monitored to ensure it is correctly  
aligned with the Group’s strategy, targets and performance.

Shareholders 
The Board attaches great importance to maintaining relationships with all  
Shareholders who are kept informed of significant Company developments.

For more information see pages 48 to 52.

Annual Report & Accounts 2017  Cranswick plc

45

Corporate GovernanceShareholder InformationFinancial StatementsStrategic ReportCorporate GovernanceBOARD OF DIRECTORS

A DRIVEN AND EXPERIENCED BOARD

EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS

MARTIN DAVEY 
Chairman
N
Martin, a chartered accountant, 
joined the Company as Finance 
Director in 1985 and led 
Cranswick’s entry onto the Stock 
Exchange in that year. He has a 
deep knowledge of the Company 
and its business developed over 
the 32 years he has been with 
Cranswick. He was appointed 
Chief Executive Officer in 1988 
and through his guidance the 
Group expanded, eventually 
entering the FTSE 250 in 2008. 
He became Chairman in 2004 
and since September 2013 has 
fulfilled this role on a part-time 
basis. Martin is also Chair of the 
Nomination Committee.

ADAM COUCH
Chief Executive

MARK BOTTOMLEY
Finance Director

JIM BRISBY
Commercial Director

Mark, who is a chartered 
accountant, has extensive food 
sector experience, previously 
holding a variety of senior finance 
roles in the food production 
industry before joining Cranswick 
in 2008 as Group Financial 
Controller. He was appointed  
to the Board as Finance Director 
in 2009 and is responsible for 
overseeing the financial 
operation of the Group and 
setting financial strategy.

Jim has over 22 years’ experience 
in sales and marketing. He joined 
Cranswick in 1995, and he has 
been a key member of the team 
that has grown the business  
over the years. His vast 
knowledge of the food and retail 
sector cumulated in him being 
appointed Sales and Marketing 
Director in 2010 and Commercial 
Director in 2014. He has been 
integral in developing the strategic 
direction of the business. 

Adam joined Cranswick in  
1991 and was originally on the 
operational side of the Fresh Pork 
business before being appointed 
to the Board in 2003 as Managing 
Director of Fresh Pork. His 
knowledge of the food industry 
over the 26 years he has been 
with Cranswick, led to him being 
appointed as Chief Operating 
Officer in 2011 and then 
advancing to the role of Chief 
Executive Officer in 2012. Under 
his leadership Cranswick has 
continued to expand and 
become a major player in the 
food processing industry. Adam 
was also a committee member of 
the British Pig Executive between 
2005 and 2013.

46

Cranswick plc  Annual Report & Accounts 2017

CORPORATE GOVERNANCENON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS

KATE ALLUM
Non-Executive Director
N   A   R
Kate joined Cranswick as a 
Non-Executive Director in 2013. 
She has first-hand knowledge of 
the food industry both within the 
UK and in Europe. Kate was Chief 
Executive of First Milk Limited 
from 2010 to 2015 and was also  
a former head of the European 
supply chain for McDonalds. She 
is currently the Chief Executive  
of CeDo Limited and a Non-
Executive Director of Origin 
Enterprises plc. 

STEVEN ESOM
Non-Executive Director
N   A   R
Steven joined Cranswick as a 
Non-Executive Director in 2009 
and is the Senior Independent 
Non-Executive Director and 
Chair of the Remuneration 
Committee. He has a wealth of 
knowledge of the food industry 
holding a number of senior 
positions within the food sector 
including Executive Director of 
Food at Marks & Spencer plc 
which followed twelve years at 
Waitrose, the last five years of 
which he was Managing Director. 
He is currently a Non-Executive 
director of The Rank Group Plc 
where he is Chair of the 
Remuneration Committee and  
a member of the Audit and 
Nomination Committees. He is 
also the Non-Executive Chairman 
for the British Retail Consortium 
(trading) and Advantage 
Travel Centres.

MARK RECKITT
Non-Executive Director 
N   A   R
Mark, who joined Cranswick as  
a Non-Executive Director in 2014, 
has a wide range of experience 
across a number of sectors. He  
is a chartered accountant and is 
Chair of the Audit Committee. 
He was Group Strategy Director 
of Smiths Group plc between 
2011 and 2014. Prior to joining 
Smiths Mark was interim 
Managing Director of Green  
& Black’s Chocolate and before 
that he held a number of finance 
and strategy roles at Cadbury 
plc. Mark is also a Non-Executive 
Director of Mitie Group plc  
and Hill & Smith Holdings plc, 
where he is chair of the Audit 
Committee and a member of  
the Remuneration and 
Nomination Committees.  
Mark was a Non-Executive 
Director of JD Wetherspoon plc 
between 2012 and 2016.

Committee Membership
N   Nomination Committee
A   Audit Committee 
R   Remuneration Committee

GROUP DIRECTORS

Fresh Pork
Darren Andrew
Charles Bowes
Stuart Kelman
Barry Lock
Nick Mitchell
James Pontone
Neil Willis

Convenience
Ian Fisher
Paul Gartside
Andy Jenkins
Gary Landsborough
Sam Pearl
Simon Ravenscroft
Norman Smith
Clive Stephens
Rollo Thompson

Gourmet Products
John Fletcher
Marcus Hoggarth
Kate Maxwell
Andy Mayer
Gill Ridgard
Drew Weir
Steve Westhead

Poultry
Nigel Armes
Jason Key
David Park
Matthew Ward

Food Central
Chris Aldersley
Andrew Caines
Rebecca Dearsly
Miranda Walker
Graeme Watson
Malcolm Windeatt

Annual Report & Accounts 2017  Cranswick plc

47

Shareholder InformationStrategic ReportFinancial StatementsCorporate GovernanceGOVERNANCE REPORT

PRINCIPLES OF GOOD GOVERNANCE
The Board is responsible for the long-term success and stewardship of the Company, overseeing its conduct and affairs to create sustainable 
value for the benefit of its shareholders and other stakeholders including customers, suppliers, employees and the communities in which the 
business operates. 

The Board delegates certain roles and responsibilities to its various committees and to senior management. The committees assist the Board 
by fulfilling their obligations and reporting back to the Board on the outcomes from their respective activities. 

This report, together with the Audit Committee Report, on pages 53 to 59, the Nomination Committee Report on pages 60 and 61,  
and the Remuneration Committee Report on pages 62 to 76, describes how the Board applies the principles of good governance and  
best practice as set out in the UK Corporate Governance Code (the ‘Code’) which can be found on the Financial Reporting Council’s  
website: www.frc.org.uk.

Our approach to governance, reported below, is in accordance with best practice as outlined by the key principles of the five sections of the 
Code: leadership; effectiveness; accountability; remuneration; and relations with Shareholders.

LEADERSHIP
GROUP GOVERNANCE STRUCTURE 
The Board consists of senior Executive management alongside a strong team of sector experienced Non-Executive Directors. All Non-Executive 
Directors are deemed to be independent in accordance with the definition prescribed in the Code. The composition of the Board is reviewed 
annually by the Nomination Committee to ensure there is an effective balance of skills, experience and knowledge. Further biographical details 
on each Director can be found on pages 46 and 47.

To assist the Board in carrying out its functions and to ensure that there is independent oversight of internal controls and risk management,  
the Board delegates certain responsibilities to its principal committees: Remuneration, Nomination and Audit. Membership of these 
committees consists primarily of the independent Non-Executive Directors.

Remuneration Committee
On behalf of the Board, the 
Remuneration Committee establishes 
the policy for Executive Directors’ 
remuneration and determines the 
appropriate performance conditions 
for the annual cash bonus and 
long-term incentive awards. The 
Committee also monitors the total 
individual remuneration package  
of senior executives. 

   Details of the Committee’s current 
remuneration policies are given in the 
Remuneration Committee Report on 
pages 62 to 76.

BOARD

Nomination Committee
The Nomination Committee  
reviews the structure, size and 
composition of the Board and is 
responsible for considering and  
making recommendations to the Board 
on new appointments of Executive  
and Non-Executive Directors. It also 
considers succession planning in the 
course of its work, taking into account 
the challenges and opportunities 
facing the Group relating to the skills 
and expertise needed on the Board 
and within senior management in  
the future. 

   Details of the Committee’s activities are 
given in the Nomination Committee  
Report on pages 60 and 61.

Audit Committee and Risk Committee
The Audit Committee assists the Board 
in discharging its responsibilities for 
the integrity of the financial statements, 
the effectiveness of internal reporting 
processes and systems of internal 
controls, identification and management 
of risks and the external and internal 
audit processes. The Audit Committee 
meets at least three times a year;  
two of these meetings involve a review 
of the Group’s interim and full year 
financial statements. A Risk Committee 
chaired by the Finance Director and 
including representatives from all areas 
of the business meets quarterly, 
reporting its outputs directly to the 
Audit Committee and updating the 
Board accordingly.

   The work, responsibilities and 
governance of the Audit Committee  
are set out in the Audit Committee 
Report on pages 53 to 59.

CHIEF EXECUTIVE

OPERATING BOARDS

48

Cranswick plc  Annual Report & Accounts 2017

CORPORATE GOVERNANCEROLE OF THE BOARD
The Board is ultimately responsible for the business strategy and the financial robustness of the Group, for monitoring performance and for 
establishing a governance structure and practice which facilitates effective decision making and good governance. To enable the members  
of the Board to discharge these responsibilities, they have full and timely access to all relevant information and Board meetings are held at  
the Group’s production facilities allowing the Directors to review the operations and meet the management teams of those particular sites.  
All Directors have allocated sufficient time to the Company to discharge their responsibilities effectively. 

KEY ROLES
Chairman – Martin Davey
•  Primarily responsible for the leadership of the Board, ensuring that it is effective and promoting critical discussion.
•  Chairs the Nomination Committee and the AGM.
•  Sets the Board meeting agendas in consultation with the Chief Executive and Company Secretary, ensuring they are aligned to the  

business strategy.

•  Leads the performance evaluation of the Board and ensures its effectiveness in all aspects of its role.
•  Sponsors and promotes the highest corporate governance and ethical standards.
•  Facilitates contribution from all Directors to the discussions of the Board.
•  Provides a sounding board for the Chief Executive on key business decisions and challenges proposals where appropriate.
•  Ensures effective communication with our shareholders and other stakeholders.

Chief Executive (CEO) – Adam Couch
•  Develops and implements the Group’s strategy with input from the rest of the Board and its advisers.
•  Responsible for the overall operational activity of the Group. 
•  Manages the day-to-day business of the Group, leads its direction and promotes our culture and values.
•  Brings matters of particular significance or risk to the Chairman for discussion and consideration by the Board where appropriate.
•  Responsible for overseeing the delivery of the sustainability agenda within the Group.

Executive Directors – Mark Bottomley and Jim Brisby
•  Provide specialist knowledge and experience to the Board.
•  Support the CEO in the implementation of the Group’s strategic policies.
•  Responsible for the budgeting process and reporting of the financial performance of the Group.
•  Responsible for the commercial affairs of the Group.
•  Responsible for the successful leadership and management of commercial, risk and finance functions across the Group.

Is available if Shareholders want to raise concerns which normal channels have failed to resolve.

Senior Independent Director (SID) – Steven Esom
•  Provides a sounding board for the Chairman and supports him in his leadership of the Board.
• 
•  Chairs the Remuneration Committee.
•  Heads up the Non-Executive Directors on the Board.
•  Reviews the Chairman’s annual performance appraisal along with the other Non-Executive Directors.

Non-Executive Directors – Kate Allum and Mark Reckitt
•  Bring complementary skills and experience to the Board.
•  Constructively challenge the Executive Directors on matters affecting the Group.
•  Chairs the Audit Committee (Mark Reckitt).
•  Satisfy themselves as to the accuracy of the financial performance of the Group and the robustness and effectiveness of financial controls 

and risk management processes.

•  Help develop strategy with an independent outlook.
•  Together with the SID review management’s performance.

Company Secretary – Malcolm Windeatt
•  Responsible to the Board.
•  Acts as secretary to the Board and each of its Committees ensuring compliance with procedures.
•  Responsible, under the direction of the Chairman, for ensuring the Board receives timely and accurate information.
•  Provides support to the Non-Executive Directors.
•  Responsible for advising the Board on all governance matters.

EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE
An Executive Committee, consisting of the Executive Directors and senior executives from the business, meets occasionally to discuss strategy, 
operational and commercial matters affecting the business. The feedback from this committee is shared with the Board. 

Annual Report & Accounts 2017  Cranswick plc

49

Shareholder InformationStrategic ReportFinancial StatementsCorporate GovernanceGOVERNANCE REPORT CONTINUED

EFFECTIVENESS
BOARD OPERATION AND ATTENDANCE
There were eight scheduled Board meetings held during the year and a number of other meetings and conference calls were convened for 
specific business matters. Board agendas are set by the Chairman in consultation with the Chief Executive and with the assistance of the 
Company Secretary. 

All Directors are expected to attend the scheduled Board meetings and relevant Committee meetings in addition to the Annual General 
Meeting unless they are prevented from doing so by prior work or extenuating personal commitments. Where a Director is unable to attend  
a meeting they have the opportunity to review relevant papers and discuss any issues with the Chairman in advance of the meeting. Following 
the meeting the Chairman, or Committee Chair as appropriate, also briefs any Director not present to update them on key matters discussed 
and decisions taken.

Details of Board membership and attendance at scheduled Board meetings are set out below:

Board members (During 2016-17)

Executive Directors
Martin Davey
Adam Couch
Mark Bottomley
Jim Brisby
Non-Executive Directors
Steven Esom
Kate Allum
Mark Reckitt

Board

Number of possible 
meetings attended

Actual meetings 
attended

Percentage  
attended

8
8
8
8

8
8
8

8
8
8
8

8
8
8

100%
100%
100%
100%

100%
100%
100%

1  The Company Secretary attended all Board and Committee meetings.
2  All Directors attended the Annual General Meeting in July 2016.

KEY ACTIVITIES
The Company Secretary maintains a twelve month rolling programme of agenda items to ensure that all matters reserved for the Board and 
other key issues are considered at the appropriate time.

The principal activities of the Board during the financial year were:

Strategic Leadership
•  Regularly discussing strategy at Board meetings throughout the year.
•  Receiving presentations from operational management on future strategic opportunities.
•  Considering potential acquisition opportunities and other strategic initiatives.
•  Considering and subsequently approving the acquisition of Dunbia (Ballymena), renamed Cranswick Country Foods (Ballymena),  

in October 2016.

•  Considering and approving of the sale of The Sandwich Factory (Holdings) Limited in July 2016.
•  Discussing the ramifications of the UK vote in June 2016 to exit the EU.

Governance and risk
•  Tendering the external audit and selecting PricewaterhouseCoopers as the new external auditors (supported by the Audit Committee).
•  Reviewing the three year forecasts and other factors in support of the Viability Statement. (Viability is considered in detail on page 40).
•  Reviewing Board and Committees’ effectiveness and Directors’ conflicts of interest.
•  Reviewing terms of reference for all Committees.
•  Reviewing quarterly Health & Safety and Risk updates.
•  Reviewing the principal financial and non-financial risks, including cyber, to which the Group is exposed (supported by the Audit Committee).
•  Considering a bid defence plan in the circumstances of a hostile approach.
•  Approving the Company policy to comply with EU Market Abuse Regulations.

Performance monitoring
•  Approving the Group’s tax strategy.
•  Approving the Company’s dividend strategy.
•  Recommending the 2015/16 final dividend and the 2016/17 interim dividend.
•  Reviewing and approving the Group’s annual budget, interim results and Annual Report.
•  Considering whether the Annual Report and Accounts are fair, balanced and understandable.
•  Considering monthly operational reports from the Chief Executive, Finance Director and Commercial Director.
•  Reviewing reports from the Chairs of the Audit, Nomination and Remuneration Committees.
•  Approving capital expenditure proposals in excess of £1 million.
•  Approving the Group refinancing documents.

50

Cranswick plc  Annual Report & Accounts 2017

CORPORATE GOVERNANCEPeople and succession
•  Considering proposals on succession planning, when required, for the Board.
•  Approving promotion of new senior executives to the subsidiary boards.
•  Reviewing proposals on senior executive succession planning.
•  Considering the talent management programme and the need to develop the managers and executives of the future.
•  Reviewing the structure, size, composition and diversity of both the Board and its Committees (supported by the Nomination Committee).
•  Approving a further three year term as a Non-Executive Director for Kate Allum.

DIRECTOR INDUCTION AND DEVELOPMENT
There has been no change to the Directors on the Board during the year. In the past, the appointment of an Executive Director has usually  
been an internal promotion and their knowledge of the business has been well established. Non-Executive Directors are appointed from time  
to time and, on appointment, they receive a comprehensive introduction to the Group’s activities and a tailored induction programme including 
a number of site visits. All Directors are provided with the opportunity for ongoing training to keep up to date with relevant legislative changes, 
including covering their duties and responsibilities as Directors and the general business environment. Directors can obtain independent advice 
at the expense of the Company. 

CONFLICT OF INTEREST
The Board has completed its annual review of the register relating to potential conflicts of interest with its Directors and confirms that no such 
conflicts exist.

BOARD PERFORMANCE EVALUATION
In compliance with the Code, a performance evaluation was again conducted by external facilitator David Mensley of EquityCommunications 
Limited. Neither Mr Mensley nor EquityCommunications Limited has any connection to the Company and they are completely independent.

The performance evaluation process was undertaken in the late autumn of 2016. Having agreed an itinerary of matters for appraisal, 
EquityCommunications Limited prepared a questionnaire which included questions about Board administration, the role of the Chairman, 
strategy, risk oversight, succession planning and the Board committee structure. The questionnaire was completed by all Board members and 
the Company Secretary. A report on the outcome of the evaluation exercise was prepared by EquityCommunications Limited and was presented 
to the Board at its January 2017 meeting.

The independent report concluded from the feedback to their questionnaire that we operated an extremely unified, highly functional Board. 
The evaluation recognised the drive to continue the progress made to date in certain key areas such as people development and strategy.

The Chairman has evaluated the performance of individual Directors through informal discussions and observations. The Senior Independent 
Non-Executive Director and the other Non-Executive Directors have met, without the Chairman present, to appraise his performance.

Overall the Board considered the performance of each Director to be effective and concluded that both the Board and its committees 
continue to provide effective leadership and exert the required levels of governance and control. The Board will continue to review its 
procedures, effectiveness and development in the year ahead.

BOARD TENURE
The Board consists of a strong mix of experienced individuals with financial and sector knowledge and there are no plans at this stage to 
change the make-up of the Board. Their biographies and membership of the various Committees are shown on pages 46 and 47. The length  
of tenure of Board members is as follows:

Board diversity is considered within the Nomination Committee Report on page 61.

Board Tenure

1

2

  1-3 years
  4-6 years
  7-9 years
  10 years or more

1

3

Annual Report & Accounts 2017  Cranswick plc

51

Shareholder InformationStrategic ReportFinancial StatementsCorporate GovernanceGOVERNANCE REPORT CONTINUED

ACCOUNTABILITY
RISK MANAGEMENT AND INTERNAL CONTROL
It is the Board’s role to protect the business from operational and financial risks and it has established a system of internal control which 
safeguards the Shareholders’ investment and the Group’s assets. Such a system provides reasonable but not absolute assurance against 
material misstatement or loss, as it is designed to manage rather than eliminate the risk of failure to achieve business objectives. The Board  
is responsible for reviewing the effectiveness of internal controls. The Audit Committee supports the Board in this process by reviewing the 
principal risks and the report on pages 53 to 59 outlines further this process. 

The Group operates within a clearly defined organisational structure with established responsibilities, authorities and reporting lines to the 
Board. The organisational structure has been designed in order to develop, plan, execute, monitor and control the Group’s objectives 
effectively and to ensure that internal control is embedded within the operations.

The Board confirms that the key ongoing processes and features of the Group’s internal, risk-based, control system have been fully operative 
throughout the year and up to the date of approval of the Annual Report.

FINANCIAL REPORTING 
The culture of the business extends to the provision of financial information. Operational management provide weekly forecasts, monthly 
trading reports, and annual budgets and these are forwarded to Group management and are discussed at monthly site board meetings. 
Group Executive Directors attend most of these meetings and the information is consolidated and reported at Group Board meetings. The 
Group prepares an annual budget and half year re-forecast that are agreed by the Board, with the budget including a three year forecast for 
consideration to support the Viability Statement. The use of standard reporting software by all Group entities ensures that information is 
presented in a consistent manner which facilitates the preparation of the consolidated financial statements. Site directors and finance heads 
are required to sign a monthly confirmation that their business has complied with the Group’s accounting policies and procedures, with a more 
detailed confirmation provided for half year and year end reporting.

REMUNERATION
The Remuneration Committee monitors the executive remuneration package and incentive scheme and believes the incentives provide a 
strong alignment between Shareholders, the Executive Directors and the wider senior executive management team. The remuneration policy 
was agreed at the AGM in 2015 and this is included in the Remuneration Committee Report on pages 62 to 76 which provides details of how 
the policy has been implemented, together with the activities of the Remuneration Committee during the year. 

RELATIONS WITH SHAREHOLDERS
Regular engagement with investors provides the Group with the opportunity to discuss certain areas of interest and to ascertain any areas of 
concern they may have. The Group engages with shareholders through regular meetings and at the AGM. Presentations are made by the Chief 
Executive, the Finance Director and the Commercial Director to analysts and institutional Shareholders on the half year and full year results and 
on Company strategy. A similar presentation is made to Shareholders attending the Annual General Meeting. Significant matters relating to 
the trading or development of the business are disseminated to the market by way of Stock Exchange announcements. The Company’s Annual 
and Interim Reports, related presentations and Stock Exchange announcements can be found on the Group’s website: www.cranswick.plc.uk.

The views of Shareholders, expressed during meetings, are communicated by the Chairman or the Chief Executive, as appropriate, to the 
Board as a whole. The Chairman, Chief Executive or the Finance Director discuss governance and strategy with major Shareholders from time 
to time. The Board also welcomes the attendance and questions of Shareholders at the Annual General Meeting which is also attended by the 
Chairs of the Audit, Remuneration and Nomination Committees.

COMPLIANCE STATEMENT
The Board is pleased to report that it has complied with the requirements of the Code during the year ended 31 March 2017. The Board 
believes that it has the appropriate blend of skills, experience, independence and knowledge to support the business and will continue  
to ensure an optimal level of relevant skills, experience and diversity amongst its members, appropriate to support the future needs of  
the business.

The Board has reviewed the financial statements and, taken as a whole, consider them to be fair, balanced and understandable, providing 
sufficient and appropriate information for Shareholders to assess the Company’s position and performance, business model and strategy.  
The Audit Committee provided guidance to the Board to assist them in reaching this conclusion.

By order of the Board

Malcolm Windeatt
Company Secretary

23 May 2017

52

Cranswick plc  Annual Report & Accounts 2017

CORPORATE GOVERNANCEAUDIT COMMITTEE REPORT
STATEMENT BY THE CHAIR OF THE AUDIT COMMITTEE

I am pleased to report on the activities of the Audit Committee during the year 
ended 31 March 2017. It has been a busy year for the Committee with the anticipated 
audit tender process, which was completed across the summer, adding to the usual 
full Committee agenda.

The report sets out full details of the external audit tender and selection process 
which resulted in PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP (‘PwC’) being chosen to take over 
the audit engagement from Ernst & Young LLP (‘EY’) following this year’s AGM. 
Within the spirit of new corporate governance rules, given their long association 
with the Group, EY were not asked to re-tender for the audit. On behalf of the 
Board, I would like to thank EY for their input over the last 45 years. I would also 
like to welcome PwC to the role from next year and look forward to a strong 
working relationship with them in the coming years.

As in previous years, the Committee has focused on its core responsibilities of 
supporting the Board and protecting the interests of Shareholders. This has been 
achieved by ensuring that the Group has in place a robust risk management process 
and an effective internal control framework to manage its risks, in support of going 
concern and viability confirmations. In addition, the Committee has continued to 
focus on ensuring the integrity, quality and compliance of the Group’s external 
financial reporting.

This report sets out:
•  the role, composition, activities and responsibilities of the Audit Committee;
•  a summary of the meetings of the Audit Committee during the year;
•  the significant financial reporting issues debated by the Committee;
•  the Committee’s oversight of the Group’s Risk Management and internal control systems in support of the Board;
•  the respective roles and effectiveness of the internal and external auditors;
•  details of the external audit tender and selection process; and
•  details of the Group’s response to the Financial Reporting Council’s (FRC’s) request for clarification of certain matters within the 2016  

Report and Accounts.

The Committee met four times during the year and invited the Company’s Chairman, Chief Executive, Finance Director, Group Financial 
Controller and Head of Internal Audit to attend the meetings along with the external Audit Partner and Director. The Committee also held 
separate private meetings with internal and external audit.

The Committee reviewed the appropriateness of the financial results for the full year and half year and the quarterly trading statements, 
including applicable accounting policies, key judgement areas, going concern and viability assumptions. The Committee also reviewed the 
Annual Report & Accounts taken as a whole to ensure they are fair, balanced and understandable and provide the necessary information for 
Shareholders to assess the Company’s performance, business model and strategy.

Specific areas of financial reporting focus during the year included:
•  the accounting treatment and disclosure of the transactions to acquire CCL Holdings Limited and Dunbia (Ballymena);
•  the quantum and appropriateness of commercial accruals; and
•  revenue recognition.

The Committee reviewed internal audit’s terms of reference and work plans and oversaw the Group’s relationship with the external auditors 
including scope, fees and work performed. The Committee was satisfied with the performance of the Group’s internal audit function and the 
external auditor.

In the coming year, the Committee will continue to focus on the Group’s risk management processes, internal control frameworks and external 
financial reporting to ensure that they remain effective and robust to support the future successful growth and development of the business.

On behalf of the Board

Mark Reckitt
Chair of the Audit Committee

23 May 2017

Annual Report & Accounts 2017  Cranswick plc

53

Shareholder InformationStrategic ReportFinancial StatementsCorporate GovernanceAUDIT COMMITTEE REPORT CONTINUED

ROLE OF THE COMMITTEE
The Committee’s primary role is to assist the Board in providing effective governance over the appropriateness of the Group’s financial 
reporting, Risk Management and internal control systems. It is responsible for monitoring the integrity of the financial statements and  
other communications and announcements to the market, and for considering whether accounting policies are appropriate. It reviews the 
Company’s internal controls and risk management frameworks, and reviews and approves the activities, plans and effectiveness of both the 
Group’s internal and external auditors.

The Audit Committee terms of reference, which are reviewed and approved by the Board annually, are available on the Company’s website  
and at the Annual General Meeting.

COMPOSITION OF THE AUDIT COMMITTEE
The Audit Committee comprises the Non-Executive Directors. Membership of the Committee and attendance during the year are set  
out below:

Committee members

Mark Reckitt – Chair
Steven Esom
Kate Allum

Meetings attended

Percentage attended

4
3
4

100%
75%
100%

The timing of meetings is designed to fit in with the Group’s financial calendar, with meetings in advance of half year and year-end financial 
reporting in November and May respectively, and an additional meeting in January in preparation for the year end process. A further meeting 
was also added in September, when the Committee met to consider the audit tender proposals. Steven Esom was unable to attend the 
January 2017 meeting due to a pre-existing commitment.

All members of the Committee have extensive managerial experience in large, complex, food sector organisations and have a wide range  
of financial, commercial and operational expertise. It is a requirement of the UK Corporate Governance Code that at least one Committee 
member has recent and relevant financial experience. Mark Reckitt, the Committee Chairman, meets this requirement. Full biographical  
details of the Audit Committee members can be found on pages 46 and 47.

ACTIVITIES OF THE COMMITTEE
The Committee is required to meet at least three times a year and its agenda is linked to the Group financial calendar. The Company Chairman, 
Chief Executive, Finance Director, Group Financial Controller, Head of Internal Audit and representatives of the external auditors are invited to 
attend each meeting. The Company Secretary also attends the meetings as secretary to the Committee. Both the external auditors and the 
Head of Internal Audit have the opportunity to access the Committee, without the Executive Directors being present, at any time, and the 
Committee formally meets with both the external auditors and internal audit independently, at least once a year.

PRINCIPAL RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE AUDIT COMMITTEE
The Committee’s principal responsibilities include reviewing and monitoring:
•  the integrity of the Group’s financial statements;
•  the Group’s accounting policies;
•  the effectiveness of the Group’s financial reporting, internal control and risk management systems in support of the Board;
•  the effectiveness of the internal audit function in the context of the Company’s overall risk management framework;
•  the effectiveness, scope, cost and independence of the Group’s external auditor; 
•  the Company’s whistleblowing and anti-bribery policies; and
•  the Group’s viability, and its disclosure within the Annual Report.

The Committee makes recommendations to the Board on the removal, appointment or reappointment of the Group’s external auditors.  
The Committee also reviews its terms of reference annually and makes recommendations to the Board for any appropriate changes.

FAIR, BALANCED AND UNDERSTANDABLE
In addition, at the request of the Board, the Audit Committee has reviewed and reported to the Board that it is satisfied that the financial 
statements taken as a whole are fair, balanced and understandable and provide the information for Shareholders to assess the Company’s 
position and performance, business model and strategy.

In order to give this report the Audit Committee carried out a number of additional procedures including:
•  obtaining confirmation from the relevant preparers of the various parts of the Annual Report that they had reviewed the fairness and 

completeness of their sections;

•  ensuring a thorough verification process had been completed; 
•  consideration of the Annual Report and Accounts in the context of the Audit Committee’s knowledge and experience of the business;
•  holding discussions with both internal and external audit; and
•  reviewing and discussing a paper from the Finance Director outlining issues to consider and why he believed the Annual Report  

was fair, balanced and understandable.

The Board and the Committee understand that ‘fair’ should mean reasonable and impartial, ‘balanced’ should mean even-handed with both 
positive and negative messages being portrayed and ‘understandable’ should mean simple, clear and free from jargon or unnecessary clutter.

54

Cranswick plc  Annual Report & Accounts 2017

CORPORATE GOVERNANCEVIABILITY STATEMENT
Also at the request of the Board, and reflecting the requirement of the UK Corporate Governance Code, the Audit Committee has reviewed 
and reported to the Board that it is satisfied with the risk disclosures and Viability Statement which have been presented. 

In order to give this report, the Audit Committee carried out a number of additional procedures including:
•  reviewing risk reporting disclosures in detail; 
•  considering the appropriateness of the three-year time horizon selected for testing the Group’s viability, including consideration of the 

uncertainty resulting from the UK’s exit from the European Union;

•  reviewing the Group annual budget and extended three-year forecast and the assumptions therein for reasonableness;
•  agreeing appropriate downside sensitivities to be applied to the forecasts for stress testing, based on the Group’s principal risks and the 

work of the Risk Committee; and

•  reviewing the availability of debt funding for the Group across the three-year forecast period.

The Board and the Committee concluded that, based on the results of the analysis provided, they have a reasonable expectation that the 
Group will be able to continue in operation and meet its liabilities as they fall due over a three year time horizon (see page 40).

PERFORMANCE EVALUATION OF THE AUDIT COMMITTEE
An independent evaluation of the effectiveness of the Committee was carried out externally by EquityCommunications Limited. The evaluation 
was very positive with comments indicating that the Committee was working well. Recommended actions to further improve the performance 
of the Committee will be incorporated into the Committee’s processes and activities for the year ending 31 March 2018.

FINANCIAL REPORTING
During the year, the Audit Committee reviewed accounting papers prepared by management and considered, with input from the external 
auditors, the appropriateness of the main accounting policies, estimates and judgements made in preparing the financial statements. The key 
matters that the Committee considered in reviewing the financial statements for the year ended 31 March 2017 are set out below.

Financial reporting area

Judgement and assurance considered

Acquisitions – Crown  
and Dunbia (Ballymena)

Commercial accruals

Revenue recognition

In April 2016, the Group acquired CCL Holdings Limited and its 100 per cent subsidiary Crown Chicken Limited,  
a company engaged in the breeding, rearing and processing of British chickens, for net cash consideration of  
£39.4 million. In November 2016, the Group acquired 100 percent of the issued share capital of Dunbia (Ballymena),  
a company engaged in primary pork processing, for an initial net cash consideration of £16.7 million. In each case, the 
Committee reviewed management’s proposed accounting treatment and the valuation methodology applied to the 
acquired assets and liabilities which was based on internal due diligence work and reports by external advisers and 
consultants. The allocation of the purchase price (provisional in the case of Dunbia (Ballymena)) between tangible 
assets, intangible assets and goodwill was subject to particular scrutiny. The external auditors also challenged the  
key assumptions used in the allocation methodology. The Committee specifically challenged management on the 
valuation of customer relationship intangible assets acquired as part of the Crown acquisition, and after a thorough 
review of all the information, agreed with management’s approach to the allocation of the purchase price and, in the 
case of Dunbia (Ballymena), will continue to consider this during the measurement period prior to the allocations 
ceasing to be provisional. (See Note 15).

The Committee reviewed the level of commercial accruals for rebates, discounts and promotional activity at the 
balance sheet date. The level of commercial accruals is viewed by the Committee, management and the external 
auditor as an area sensitive to a moderate degree of commercial judgement, albeit 70 per cent of the year end accrual 
related to volume rebates and similar allowances which require a lower level of judgement and estimation due to their 
mechanical calculation. The Committee also noted the FRC’s guidance on complex supplier arrangements and the 
content of a letter received from the FRC requesting additional information in this area (see page 56) and asked 
management to consider fuller disclosure in the notes to the Report and Accounts. After reviewing the level of accruals 
and the intra-year movement, including the profit effect and considering the work of internal and external audit in 
verifying the underlying contractual arrangements including the confirmation of the terms of agreements directly with 
some of the Group’s key customers by the external auditor, the Committee supported management’s assumptions and 
accounting treatment including the enhanced disclosures provided in this year’s report and accounts. (See Note 20).

The Committee reviewed the Group policy on revenue recognition, to which there were no changes during the year, 
and concluded that it was appropriate for the business activities carried out by the Group. As a food production 
business, the Committee does not consider revenue recognition for the Group to be complex, but acknowledges that 
it is a key area of audit focus due to the risk of misstatement of revenues between periods as a result of management 
override. The Committee thoroughly reviewed the work of both internal and external audit in this area and concluded 
that revenues had been appropriately recognised in the correct period and that there was no evidence of management 
bias. (See Notes 2 and 3).

During the year, in light of the IASB’s proposed improvements to IFRS 8 Operating segments, and the increasing scale of the Group’s poultry 
business following the acquisition of Crown, the Committee asked management to carry out a review of the Group’s reportable segments. 
Following a detailed review and discussion, it was unanimously concluded by the Committee, Management and the Auditors that the Group 
continued to have one reportable segment, being Food. 

Annual Report & Accounts 2017  Cranswick plc

55

Shareholder InformationStrategic ReportFinancial StatementsCorporate GovernanceAUDIT COMMITTEE REPORT CONTINUED

CORRESPONDENCE WITH THE FRC
During February 2017, the Group received correspondence from the FRC requesting additional information on the 31 March 2016 Annual 
Report and Accounts. The principal areas where the FRC requested further information were:
•  commercial accruals;
•  composition of other payables;
•  use of alternative performance measures and interaction with segment disclosures; and
•  methodology in calculating discount rate.

The Group responded to the FRC within the required 28 days giving the necessary information to provide additional clarity on all the areas 
raised, along with undertakings to enhance certain disclosures within the 2017 Report and Accounts. The responses were accepted by the 
FRC and no further action was required. In preparing the 31 March 2017 Annual Report and Accounts management has provided the enhanced 
disclosures which were committed to in the response to the FRC.

Scope and limitations of FRC review 
The FRC review was conducted by FRC staff who have an understanding of the relevant legal and accounting framework. The review was based 
solely on the Group’s 2016 Annual Report and Accounts and did not benefit from detailed knowledge of the business or an understanding of  
the underlying transactions entered into. The review provides no assurance that the Report and Accounts are correct in all material respects;  
the FRC’s role is not to verify the information provided but to consider compliance with reporting requirements. The letter was written on the 
basis that the FRC (which includes the FRC’s officers, employees and agents) accepts no liability for reliance on it by the company or any third 
party, including but not limited to investors and shareholders.

RISK MANAGEMENT AND INTERNAL CONTROL 
The Committee conducted its annual review of the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control and risk management systems through the 
work of Internal Audit, the external auditor’s ‘Control Themes and Observations Report’ on the Group’s financial control environment following 
their audit and thorough review and challenge of monthly Board reports. The Committee also reviewed the Group’s whistleblowing and 
bribery prevention policies.

The Committee reviewed the key conclusions from work performed by the Group Risk Committee during the year to gain assurance over  
the risk management framework in place across the Group which is designed to identify, evaluate and mitigate risk. In addition, the Audit 
Committee Chair attended the March 2017 Risk Committee meeting to support his understanding of the workings of the Risk Committee.  
The Committee was satisfied that all principal risks had been identified and that the risk management framework is operating effectively. 

INTERNAL AUDIT 
The Audit Committee is responsible for monitoring the performance and effectiveness of the Company’s Internal Audit activities. The Audit 
Committee reviewed and approved the annual Internal Audit plan, ensuring that it was aligned to the principal risks of the business and received 
regular progress updates on delivery of the plan objectives at each of its meetings during the year.

The Internal Audit approach takes into account the overall Group risk framework as well as risks specific to individual operations and is regularly 
updated to take into account changes to the risk profile of the Group. The plan set out at the beginning of the current year was achieved. Internal 
Audit findings together with responses from management were considered by the Audit Committee and where necessary challenged. The Audit 
Committee also reviewed progress by management in addressing the issues identified on a timely basis. The Audit Committee was satisfied that 
the Internal Audit function is operating effectively.

During the year, Internal Audit performed a core financial controls review at all sites and also reviewed specific Group non-financial risk areas. 
Overall no control failings or weaknesses were identified that would have a significant impact on the Group; however, recommendations were 
raised where necessary at specific sites to strengthen existing processes and controls and follow-up audit visits were carried out at the majority 
of sites to ensure that agreed corrective actions were being taken.

The Committee keeps the performance and effectiveness of the Internal Audit function under review and in doing so it also assesses the 
quality, experience and expertise within the department and is satisfied that this is appropriate to meet the Group’s needs at the present time. 
To provide additional assurance that the Internal Audit department is operating effectively and is appropriately resourced, it is the Committees 
intention to engage an independent third party to review the activities and effectiveness of the function, with the review expected to take 
place during July 2017.

The Group operates a decentralised structure where significant accountability is devolved to site operational and financial management. 
Control weaknesses identified at site level are taken seriously and management and the Committee seek to ensure that their cause is 
understood and mitigating actions taken to limit the potential for recurrence. In view of the work of internal audit, external audit and Group 
management, it is considered unlikely that a weakness at an individual site would have a significant impact on the Group.

56

Cranswick plc  Annual Report & Accounts 2017

CORPORATE GOVERNANCEEFFECTIVENESS OF THE EXTERNAL AUDIT PROCESS
Ernst & Young LLP has been the Group’s auditor since 1972. The Audit Committee assesses annually the qualifications, expertise, resources 
and independence of the auditor and the effectiveness of the audit process. 

In addition to the year end audit, Ernst & Young LLP carried out a review on the Group’s interim reporting during the year. The Committee 
considers that such a review gives the Board additional assurance over the half year process and reporting.

During the year, the Committee assessed the external auditor’s performance and effectiveness through a questionnaire completed by Audit 
Committee members and the Group’s senior finance team. The output from the process was reviewed and discussed by the Audit Committee 
and with the external auditors. The Committee also considered the external auditor’s experience and expertise, the extent to which the audit 
plan had been met, the robustness and perceptiveness of work performed on key accounting and audit judgements and the content of its 
reports on audit findings, whilst noting some of the observations made. The Committee was satisfied with the effectiveness of the external 
audit process.

The Audit Committee also approves the terms of engagement and remuneration of the external auditors and monitors their independence. 
The Committee confirms that it has complied with the requirements of the CMA Order 2014 as regards audit tendering, auditor appointment, 
negotiation and agreement of audit fees and approval of non-audit services.

EXTERNAL AUDIT TENDER AND APPOINTMENT
Background
The Audit Committee is responsible for recommending the appointment, reappointment or removal of the external auditors. The Committee 
periodically reviews the tendering of the external audit, with the previous tender process being in 2008. As indicated in the 2016 Report and 
Accounts, the Committee initiated and supervised a tender process for the external audit during the year to ensure that a new audit 
appointment would take effect at the end of the current audit partner’s five year term.

Decision on which firms would tender
As previously indicated, Ernst & Young LLP were not invited to participate in the tender process due to their length of tenure as the Group’s 
auditors and observing the spirit of Corporate Governance guidance and EU regulation. Following a detailed short-listing process, which 
included consideration of independence and ability to effectively manage the audit of a Group of Cranswick’s scale, complexity and geography, 
four audit firms were selected to tender for the engagement including one mid-tier firm which the Committee felt had a realistic chance of being 
selected due to their recent, extensive food sector experience. The process was overseen by the Audit Committee Chair, who met with all the 
proposed lead audit partners from the firms involved prior to the formal tender process being initiated in July.

Process

January 2016 

Feb/Mar 2016 

July 2016 

Jul/Aug 2016 

Aug/Sept 2016 

Sept 2016

Tender process 
discussed at  
Audit Committee 
and selection  
panel agreed

Assessment criteria, 
submission format  
and scorecard 
developed

Invites to tender  
sent out. Initial  
basic information 
provisions in 
dataroom

Initial meetings  
and on site visits.

Further information 
requests taken  
from firms

Tender documents  
received and 
reviewed.

Presentations 
completed

New auditors 
selected and agreed 
by Audit Committee 
and Board

Selection
Throughout the tender process a rigorous scoring procedure was carried out based on selection criteria established before the process started. 

In making their formal recommendation, the Committee considered each firm’s approach to:
•  Ensuring a robust and challenging audit process that is both effective and efficient;
•  Providing an independent, high quality audit;
•  Sharing governance and regulatory best practice, plus other ideas and insight;
•  Building an experienced audit team which understands Cranswick’s culture and can build a strong working relationship with management;
•  Working effectively with other advisors and assurance providers (e.g. Tax advisors and Internal Audit); and
•  Providing a smooth transition process between audit firms.

In addition, the Committee also assessed the firm’s:
•  Technical and specialist expertise;
•  Listed company experience;
•  Sector knowledge; and
•  Fee proposal. 

The respective merits of the tendering firms were subsequently debated by the Committee and other members of the selection panel. 
Ultimately, the Committee recommended PricewaterhouseCoopers (‘PwC’), with Ian Morrison as lead partner, to the Board as the Group’s  
new external auditors as it was considered that PwC demonstrated that they were best placed to fulfil the selection criteria.

Annual Report & Accounts 2017  Cranswick plc

57

Shareholder InformationStrategic ReportFinancial StatementsCorporate GovernanceAUDIT COMMITTEE REPORT CONTINUED

EXTERNAL AUDIT TENDER AND APPOINTMENT CONTINUED
Transition process
PwC will be formally appointed as the Group’s external auditor at the AGM, on 24 July 2017. To ensure the firm’s independence for the year 
ending 31 March 2018, PwC stepped down as tax advisers to the Group prior to the start of the new financial year.

To ensure that PwC are well prepared for their engagement as external auditors, transition meetings have already been held with Group 
management and the firm has shadowed aspects of Ernst & Young’s audit process including attendance at the Group audit clearance  
meeting and the year end Audit Committee meeting to fully understand the audit approach taken and conclusions reached on significant  
audit issues and judgements.

AUDITOR INDEPENDENCE
The Group meets its obligations for maintaining an appropriate relationship with the external auditors through the Audit Committee,  
whose terms of reference include a requirement to oversee the commissioning and monitor the level of non-audit work performed by the 
external auditor, to ensure such objectivity and independence is safeguarded. There is an established policy concerning the types of non-audit 
services the external auditors should not carry out to avoid compromising their independence and these include internal accounting or other 
financial reporting services, internal audit, tax advice, legal, actuarial or valuation services, executive or management roles or functions and 
remuneration consultancy. The Audit Committee Chair is consulted prior to awarding to the external auditors any reporting accountant, or 
corporate transaction work or any other non-audit services in excess of £30,000.

During the year, the Audit Committee reviewed and considered the following factors to assess the objectivity and independence of Ernst  
& Young LLP:
•  The auditors’ procedures for maintaining and monitoring independence, including those to ensure that the partners and staff have no 
personal or business relationships with the Group, other than those in the normal course of business permitted by UK ethical guidance.
•  The auditors’ policies for rotation of the audit partner every five years, and regular rotation of key audit personnel. The current Audit Partner 
(Alistair Denton) was selected by Ernst & Young LLP for the year ended 31 March 2013 with the current Audit Director and Senior Manager 
joining the audit team for the year ended 31 March 2016.

•  The nature of non-audit work undertaken during the year and its approval in accordance with the Audit Committee’s guidelines for  

ensuring independence.

•  Adherence to the Group’s internal policy that, other than in exceptional circumstances, the fees paid to the external auditors for non-audit 

work in any one year should not exceed 70 per cent of the external audit fee on average over the last three years.

•  A report from Ernst & Young LLP confirming that they have adequate policies and safeguards in place to ensure that auditor objectivity  

and independence is maintained.

Details of the non-audit work and fees paid during the year are set out below:

Non-audit fees

Interim review
Other services

Total Non-Audit Fees

Total Audit Fees

Ratio of Non-Audit Fees to Audit Fees*

*  Based on a three year average audit fee of £216,000.

£’000

15
52

67

242

0.31:1

The ratio of non-audit fees to audit fees for the year was well below the 70 per cent limit set out in the Group’s policy.

The work undertaken by the external auditors during the year and the safeguards considered by the Audit Committee to address any threats  
to independence included the following:
i)  The auditors provided limited tax advice. Their audit objectivity and independence was safeguarded through the use of a separate tax partner.
ii)  Ernst & Young LLP advised the Company on a number of corporate transactions during the year. Following a tender for this type of work in 

the year ended 31 March 2012 and given the nature of the work during the following years the Committee concluded that Ernst & Young LLP 
were best placed to carry out this work. Their audit objectivity and independence was safeguarded through the use of a separate corporate 
transactions partner and through prior approval by the Chair of the Audit Committee on a case-by-case basis.

58

Cranswick plc  Annual Report & Accounts 2017

CORPORATE GOVERNANCEThe Audit Committee is aware of, and sensitive to, Investor body guidelines on non-audit fees and the policy of awarding non-audit services  
is kept under review to ensure that the correct balance is maintained between the Group realising cost-effective benefits from the accumulated 
knowledge and experience of Ernst & Young LLP, whilst also making sure that their audit independence and objectivity is maintained.

Following completion of the audit tender process in September 2016, the Audit Committee recommended to the Board that the appointment 
of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP as the Company’s external auditors should be proposed to Shareholders at the 2017 Annual General Meeting.

Mark Reckitt
Chair of the Audit Committee

23 May 2017

Annual Report & Accounts 2017  Cranswick plc

59

Shareholder InformationStrategic ReportFinancial StatementsCorporate GovernanceNOMINATION COMMITTEE REPORT

As Chair of the Nomination Committee I am pleased to introduce its report for  
the year ended 31 March 2017 which details the role of the Committee and the 
work it has undertaken during the year.

ROLE OF THE COMMITTEE
The Nomination Committee is responsible for assisting the Board by keeping  
the structure, size and composition of the Board under review. It also considers 
the optimal level of independence and diversity of skills, knowledge, experience 
and gender required for the Board in order for it to operate effectively and  
makes appropriate recommendations to the Board with respect to any  
necessary changes.

The Committee gives due consideration to succession planning in the course of 
its work, taking into account the challenges and opportunities facing the Group 
and the skills and expertise needed within the Board and senior management. 

COMMITTEE MEETINGS DURING THE YEAR
During the year, there were two scheduled meetings and the attendance of the 
members at these meetings was as follows:

Committee members

Martin Davey – Chair
Steven Esom
Kate Allum
Mark Reckitt

Meetings attended

Percentage attended

2
2
2
2

100%
100%
100%
100%

Only members of the Committee have the right to attend meetings; however, the Chief Executive and Finance Director attend for all or part  
of the meetings by invitation as and when required. The Company Secretary also attends the meetings as secretary to the Committee.

ACTIVITIES OF THE COMMITTEE
The Committee focused on the following key activities during the year:

Mix of experience

Board Composition
The Committee reviewed the composition of the Board and concluded 
that the members have an appropriate background experience in 
either finance, industry or both, and have the right balance of skills, 
experience and knowledge to provide strong and effective leadership 
of the Company. As a result there are no plans to change the make-up 
of the current Board at the present time.

All Directors will be standing for re-election at the Annual General 
Meeting. The Board has set out in the Notice of the Meeting its reasons 
for supporting the re-election of the Directors and their biographical 
details on pages 46 and 47 demonstrate the range of experience and 
skills which each brings to the benefit of the Company.

30%

  Industry
  Finance

70%

Succession planning
Succession planning at both Board and senior executive level has been an area of focus for the Committee this year. The Committee has 
highlighted certain individuals who could stand in for Board members should such an occasion arise. There has also been greater emphasis 
this year on succession planning for senior executives and again the Committee has scheduled those individuals that can cover for existing 
executives should the need arise.

We are always looking ahead and through our talent management programme highlight prospective managers and executives of the future 
through the training that is taking place across the Group at all levels of the business. This includes an apprenticeship scheme, graduate 
development and management leadership programmes with a focus on skills, talent and career development. This year the Committee also 
considered and approved, in conjunction with the whole Board and as part of the progression of the business, the appointment of another 
senior executive to support the Executive Directors as the Group continues to expand.

60

Cranswick plc  Annual Report & Accounts 2017

CORPORATE GOVERNANCENon-Executive Directors
Consideration was also given by the Committee to the continued 
independence of the Non-Executive Directors, including their term  
in office, the time commitment required from each of them taking into 
account the number of meetings and preparation and attendance at 
those meetings. It was concluded that all Non-Executive Directors 
remained independent and devoted an appropriate amount of time 
to fulfil their responsibilities.

The Committee has considered the current discussions on director 
‘overboarding’ and it is pleased to note that there are no issues at  
the current time. It believes that the Non-Executive Directors have 
sufficient time and energy to be effective representatives of 
Shareholders’ interests.

Length of tenure of Non-Executive Directors

33%

  0-3 years
  4-6 years
  7-9 years

33%

During the year Kate Allum had completed the three years of her first 
period of engagement and the Committee agreed to issue her a 
further three year period as she continues to have the necessary skills, 
experience and knowledge to contribute to the Board.

33%

Diversity policy
Whilst the Board and Nomination Committee respects the benefits  
of diversity and supports it in its approach to external recruitment  
and internal appointments, it is not considered appropriate or 
necessary to set any specific or measurable targets. All appointments 
are made on individual merit regardless of race, colour, nationality, 
religion, gender, marital status, family status, sexual orientation, 
disability or age. The Group’s principal concern is to ensure that all 
candidates have the appropriate skills, knowledge and experience  
to fulfil the role and a review of the Group’s diversity policy 
highlighted that it provides for equality and fairness, recognising  
and respecting individual strengths and differences enabling all 
employees and prospective employees to be treated in the same way.

The gender breakdown of the workforce is as presented opposite.

Governance and Evaluation 
During the year, an effectiveness review of the Board and its 
committees was conducted through an external evaluation process. 
The report was particularly positive and included comments and 
recommended actions that will be incorporated into the Committee’s 
processes and activities for year ending 31 March 2018. Further details 
of this review are reported in the Governance Report on page 51.

The Committee also considered its Terms of Reference to ensure  
they reflect the Committee’s remit, and concluded that they 
remain appropriate.

A breakdown of how the Committee split its time between its key 
activities is shown opposite.

The Chair of the Nomination Committee will attend the Annual 
General Meeting to respond to any Shareholder questions that  
might be raised on the Committee’s activities.

On behalf of the Committee

Martin Davey
Chair of the Nomination Committee

23 May 2017

Diversity of workforce

6
86%

  Male
  Female

4,191
67%

41
82%

294
73%

2,082
33%

106
27%

9
18%

1

14%

Total
Employees

Board

Senior Managers
and Executives

Graduates and
Apprentices

25%

  Board composition
  Succession planning
  Diversity policy
  Evaluation and 
assessment

Activities

5%

10%

60%

Annual Report & Accounts 2017  Cranswick plc

61

Shareholder InformationStrategic ReportFinancial StatementsCorporate GovernanceREMUNERATION COMMITTEE REPORT
STATEMENT BY THE CHAIR OF THE REMUNERATION COMMITTEE

Dear fellow Shareholder,

On behalf of the Remuneration Committee and the Board, I am pleased to present 
the Remuneration Committee Report for the year ended 31 March 2017. The report 
sets out the Group’s remuneration policy and gives details of the remuneration 
paid to Executive and Non-Executive Directors for their services to the Company 
during the year.

This introduction provides the context for the Committee’s decision making and 
policy setting during the year, sets out the structure of the report and summarises 
the key messages from the report including business performance, incentive plan 
outcomes and Committee activities.

CONTEXT TO THE COMMITTEE’S DECISIONS
Cranswick has made further strong strategic, commercial and financial progress 
during the year. Revenue increased by 22.5 per cent to £1,245.1 million; adjusted 
Group profit before tax increased by 17.2 per cent to £75.5 million; adjusted 
earnings per share improved by 17.6 per cent to 120.9 pence; and the total dividend 
for the year has been increased by 17.6 per cent to 44.1 pence per share. These 
results reflected an excellent performance from the underlying business together 
with positive contributions from the Crown Chicken and Ballymena businesses 

acquired during the year, and underpinned an increase of 20 per cent in Cranswick’s share price from 2,133 pence at 31 March 2016 to 2,559 pence 
at 31 March 2017. The two acquisitions were intersected by the sale of the non-core Sandwich business in July 2016. In addition to 2017 being  
a busy year in terms of corporate activity, it was also one of record capital investment to add capacity and capability to, and drive further 
efficiency across, our asset base. This investment builds on the £200 million spent over the previous eight years and provides us with a robust 
platform to deliver future growth. The Executive Directors, whose average length of service extends to 22 years, have played a pivotal role  
in the success of Cranswick over that period and have laid solid foundations to ensure that the business is well placed to continue to develop  
and grow successfully over the long term.

STRUCTURE OF THE REPORT
The report contains the following separate sections:
•  The Chair’s annual statement on pages 62 and 63.
•  Remuneration at a glance on pages 64 and 65.
•  The Directors’ Remuneration Policy report, which provides details of the Group’s remuneration policy, its link to strategy, performance 
and headline remuneration. The policy report also highlights the different elements which make up Executive Directors’ remuneration, 
explains how each component operates and details the performance metrics which underpin each element. This policy was approved by 
the shareholders at the 2015 AGM and is shown for reference purposes only on pages 66 to 69.

•  The Annual Report on Remuneration, on pages 70 to 76, discloses how the Directors’ Remuneration Policy has been applied during the 

year and how it will be implemented in the next financial year. That report and this statement will be subject to an advisory vote at the AGM.

The Committee ensures that executive remuneration targets are stretching, aligned to business strategy to drive long-term shareholder value 
and reflect the performance of the business during the period under review. Performance during the year reflects the commitment of the 
Executive Directors to delivery of the Group’s strategic objectives and increasing returns for Shareholders. Executive Directors’ rewards 
(excluding base salary and benefits) are two-fold: short term by way of a cash bonus; and longer term by way of share awards under the 
Company’s Long Term Incentive Plan (LTIP).

2017 BONUSES
Bonus awards for 2017 reflect the outstanding strategic progress made and step change financial performance delivered during the year as 
highlighted above. The maximum bonus of 150 per cent of base salary has been awarded to each of the Executive Directors. 

Measure

Adjusted profit before tax 1
Bonus payable

Threshold

Maximum

Actual

£70.6m
20%

£78.8m
150%

£80.6m
150%

1  Adjusted profit before tax targets are stated before deduction of bonuses paid to the Executive Directors and the Chief Operating Officer.

Further details are shown on page 70.

62

Cranswick plc  Annual Report & Accounts 2017

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE 
2017 LTIP AWARDS
The LTIP awards granted in 2014 were based on the three year performance period from April 2014 to March 2017 and were subject to adjusted 
EPS (50 per cent) and TSR (50 per cent) targets. Performance over the three year period as measured against each of these metrics has been 
strong, with the maximum target threshold met in both cases. Consequently, 100 per cent of the award will vest in June 2017. This is reflected  
in the table on page 70.

The Committee also awarded nil-cost share options under the LTIP scheme to senior executives, including the Executive Directors, during the 
year. The number of shares awarded to each Executive Director was equivalent to 150 per cent of base salary, based on the market value of the 
Company’s shares at the date of award. These awards are reflected in the table on page 73.

REMUNERATION FOR 2018
The current remuneration policy, which was designed to align to the Company’s strategy and deliver enhanced shareholder value, was 
approved by the Shareholders at the 2015 AGM. Under this policy the Executive Directors were awarded a pay increase of 3.1 per cent effective 
from 1 May 2017, in line with the senior executives and the wider workforce, reflecting the annualised increase in the Retail Price Index (RPI)  
as at 31 March 2017. Bonus opportunities and LTIP award levels will remain unchanged at 150 per cent of salary for 2018, subject to stretching 
targets on the same basis as previous years, namely 100 per cent on Adjusted Group profit before tax for the annual bonus, and 50 per cent on 
EPS and 50 per cent on Relative TSR for LTIP awards. 

Further details on the metrics and targets for the annual bonus and LTIP awards are set out on pages 64 and 65.

SHAREHOLDER ENGAGEMENT
Ongoing engagement by the Chairman, Chief Executive and Finance Director has ensured that key Shareholders have been regularly updated 
on progress and performance throughout the year. The Committee is pleased to report that 99 per cent of those voting voted in favour of the 
Remuneration Committee’s Report at last year’s AGM and the full breakdown of the votes is reported on page 76.

EVALUATION OF THE REMUNERATION COMMITTEE
EquityCommunications Limited carried out an independent evaluation of the effectiveness of the Committee as part of the wider review  
of Board and Committee performance. The independent evaluation, which is discussed in more detail on page 51, concluded that the 
Committee is working well and has an appropriately balanced composition.

SUMMARY
The Remuneration Committee will continue to monitor the Directors’ Remuneration Policy to ensure that Executive Director pay is strongly 
aligned with the Group’s business strategy, financial performance and the creation of long-term Shareholder value. The Committee is aware 
that the executive remuneration landscape is evolving and of the potential for change, and will continue to monitor developments as they arise. 
The Committee will consider this as part of its review of executive remuneration in advance of next year’s binding remuneration policy vote.

On behalf of the Board I would like to thank you, our Shareholders, for your continued support. Should you have any questions on, or would like 
to discuss any further aspect of our remuneration strategy, I can be contacted at steven.esom@cranswick.co.uk. 

Steven Esom
Chair of the Remuneration Committee

23 May 2017

Annual Report & Accounts 2017  Cranswick plc

63

Shareholder InformationStrategic ReportFinancial StatementsCorporate GovernanceREMUNERATION COMMITTEE REPORT CONTINUED
REMUNERATION AT A GLANCE

REMUNERATION PRINCIPLES
The remuneration principles underpinning the Remuneration Policy are:
•  to provide competitive salaries to attract and retain top class executives, with remuneration aligned to business strategy, performance  

and promotion of the long-term success of the business;

•  to provide an appropriate balance of short-term and long-term incentives, to deliver sustainable growth in shareholder value; and
•  to require a minimum shareholding limit by Executive Directors to ensure strong alignment with Shareholders’ interests.

POLICY IMPLEMENTATION

Remuneration

Link to strategy

Remuneration in 2017

Policy implementation in 2018

Base salary 
including 
benefits and 
pension

Annual bonus

To provide a market 
competitive base salary 
and benefits to attract 
and retain executives 
and to provide a 
framework to save  
for retirement.

To incentivise Executive 
Directors and senior 
executives linked to the 
performance of the 
business, on an annual 
basis, based on key 
financial metrics.

LTIP

To ensure that Executive 
Directors and senior 
executives are involved 
in the long-term success 
of the Group.

Salary increase of 1.6 per cent, effective  
1 May 2016 in line with RPI at 31 March 2016. 
Chairman: £304,800 
Chief Executive Officer: £599,450 
Finance Director: £396,250 
Commercial Director: £396,250

Salary increase of 3.1 per cent, effective 
1 May 2017 in line with RPI at 31 March 2017. 
Chairman: £314,250 
Chief Executive Officer: £618,000 
Finance Director: £408,500 
Commercial Director: £408,500

Maximum bonus opportunity of 150 per cent  
of salary.

100 per cent on Adjusted Group profit  
before tax: 
Threshold target £70.6 million – 20 per cent  
of salary payable 
Maximum target £78.8 million – 150 per cent  
of salary payable.

Achieved Adjusted Group profit before tax  
of £80.6 million – maximum bonus achieved  
(150 per cent of salary).

Maximum bonus opportunity unchanged 
at 150 per cent of salary, based on Group 
profit targets.

Targets will be disclosed retrospectively 
in the 2018 Annual Report provided they 
are not considered commercially 
sensitive at that time.

Awards of 150 per cent of salary granted on  
1 June 2016.

No change to award levels, performance 
measures, weightings and targets.

A two year holding period will apply 
following vesting with malus and 
clawback arrangements in place.

50 per cent on EPS growth: 
Threshold target: RPI plus 3 per cent 
Maximum target: RPI plus 7 per cent

50 per cent on Relative TSR: 
Threshold target: 50th percentile 
Maximum target: 75th percentile

Awards granted in 2014 
Performance measured over the three year 
period ending 31 March 2017, EPS growth was 
RPI + 12.69 per cent, and TSR achieved the 100th 
percentile. LTIP awards made in June 2014 will 
therefore vest in full in June 2017 in respect of 
both the EPS and TSR elements.

Shareholding 
requirement

To align interest of 
Executive Directors  
with Shareholders.

200 per cent of salary for all Executive Directors.

No change.

All Executive Directors have holdings in excess 
of the shareholding requirement.

2017 TOTAL REMUNERATION (SINGLE FIGURE)

£000

Mark Bottomley
Jim Brisby
Adam Couch
Martin Davey

Full details of the pay components making up the single figure values are shown in the table on page 70.

2017

1,878
1,769
2,726
1,579

2016

1,862
1,773
2,803
2,093

64

Cranswick plc  Annual Report & Accounts 2017

CORPORATE GOVERNANCEREMUNERATION SCENARIOS
The charts below illustrate the level of remuneration which may be earned by the Executive Directors in the year ending 31 March 2018 under 
three different scenarios, based on the remuneration arrangements described in the Annual Report on Remuneration on pages 74 and 75.  
On target and maximum scenarios do not include share price appreciation or dividend roll up. 

3,000

2,500

2,000

0
0
0
£

1,500

1,000

500

0

2,628

35%

35%

1,620

24%

28%

30%

48%

774

100%

1,353

35%

35%

841

23%

28%

30%

49%

411

100%

1,744

35%

35%

1,078

24%

28%

1,744

35%

35%

1,078

24%

28%

30%

48%

520

100%

30%

48%

520

100%

Maximum On Target

Fixed

Maximum On Target

Fixed

Maximum On Target

Fixed

Maximum On Target

Fixed

Martin Davey

Adam Couch

Mark Bottomley

Jim Brisby

  Fixed pay 

  Bonus 

  LTIP

•  Fixed – fixed pay only being base salary as at 1 May 2017, benefits and pension.
•  On target – fixed pay plus 50 per cent of maximum annual bonus award and mid-point of LTIP award for EPS and TSR which equates  

to 62 per cent of the award vesting.

•  Maximum – the maximum amount receivable under the annual bonus and LTIP awards of 150 per cent of salary.

Annual Report & Accounts 2017  Cranswick plc

65

Shareholder InformationStrategic ReportFinancial StatementsCorporate GovernanceREMUNERATION COMMITTEE REPORT CONTINUED
DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION POLICY

The current remuneration policy, which was approved at the 2015 AGM on 27 July 2015, is set out below.

LINK BETWEEN POLICY, STRATEGY AND STRUCTURE
Our remuneration policy is principally designed to attract, motivate and retain Executive Directors and senior executives to execute effectively 
our corporate and business strategy in order to deliver annual operating plans and sustainable year-on-year profit growth, as well as to 
generate and preserve value to our shareholders over the longer term without encouraging excessive levels of risk taking. The principles  
and values that underpin the remuneration strategy are applied on a consistent basis for all Group employees. It is the Group’s policy to  
reward all employees fairly, responsibly and by reference to local market practices, by providing an appropriate balance between fixed  
and variable remuneration.

The remuneration package is in two parts:
•  a non-performance part represented by basic salary (including pension and benefits); and 
•  a significant performance related element in the form of a profit related bonus and share-based awards.

The details of individual components of the remuneration package are set out below:

Purpose and link  
to strategy

Base salary

To provide a market 
competitive base 
salary to attract and 
retain executives.

Pension

To provide a 
framework to save 
for retirement.

Benefits

To provide market 
competitive benefits 
as part of the 
remuneration 
package.

Operation

Performance metrics Maximum entitlement

Any increase is 
based on individual 
performance, 
change in role  
and the Company 
pay award.

There is no prescribed maximum increase. 
Base salaries will move in line with the RPI 
and consideration of the level of pay awards 
for other employees. Every three years the 
base salary will be benchmarked against 
market rates.

N/A

Pension entitlement is limited to 20 per cent 
of base salary.

N/A

Benefits will move in line with market rates.

Set competitively to reflect the individual’s 
skills, experience and responsibilities.

Periodic reviews of market rates.

Base salaries are reviewed annually and take 
into account inflation and performance and 
any changes take effect from 1 May. Every 
three years a review is carried out, with 
external advisers, to benchmark the salaries 
and to ensure they remain competitive.

Executive Directors are entitled to non-
contributory membership of the Group’s 
defined contribution pension scheme with 
the employer’s contribution set at up to  
20 per cent of each Executive Director’s 
base salary.

Alternatively, at their option, Executive 
Directors may have contributions of the  
same amount paid to them in cash, in lieu  
of pension, subject to the normal 
statutory deductions.

In some cases there are payments of pension 
contributions in lieu of salary.

Market competitive benefits principally 
comprise health insurance, personal tax 
advice, pension advice and Company 
car allowance.

Additional benefits might be provided  
from time to time if the Committee decides 
payment of such benefits is appropriate  
and in line with market practice.

Benefits are not pensionable.

66

Cranswick plc  Annual Report & Accounts 2017

CORPORATE GOVERNANCEPurpose and link  
to strategy

Annual bonus

To incentivise 
Executive Directors 
and senior 
executives linked  
to the performance 
of the business,  
on an annual basis, 
based on key 
financial metrics.

Operation

Performance metrics Maximum entitlement

The threshold amount payable is 20 per cent 
rising to a maximum payable of 150 per cent 
of base salary.

Details of the 
performance targets 
set for the year  
under review and 
performance against 
them are provided  
in the Annual Report 
on Remuneration. 
There is a sliding 
scale of targets set 
around financial 
performance. 

The majority of the annual bonus is based  
on achievement of targets aligned to the 
Group’s annual financial performance as set 
and assessed by the Committee each year.

A small part of the bonus relates to the 
achievement of a target profit performance 
for the first half of the year, where a fixed sum 
is paid, with the remaining element based  
on the Group’s annual financial performance.

The bonus targets are reviewed every year 
and changes take effect from 1 April with 
interim payments being made in November 
and final payments in June the following 
year, provided targets are achieved.

The total bonus is capped at 150 per cent  
of basic salary and is non-pensionable.

There is a clawback and malus arrangement 
in place should the need arise, for 
misstatement, performance error and 
misconduct by a participant.

Share-based awards

A Save As You Earn 
(SAYE) share scheme 
is available to all 
eligible employees.

N/A

Subject to approval by the Board of awards 
to be made, SAYE options are made 
available to eligible staff, including Executive 
Directors, with the full 20 per cent discount 
being given to the relevant share price at the 
time. Employees can save up to £500 per 
month in this scheme.

Long Term incentive 
(LTIP) awards are 
available to ensure 
that executives and 
senior management 
are involved in the 
longer term success 
of the Group.

The LTIP awards may take the form of  
nil-cost share options or conditional awards 
which are granted by the Remuneration 
Committee and normally vest after three 
years on the achievement of demanding 
targets aligned to total shareholder return 
(TSR) and earnings per share (EPS). The  
full details of this are set out in the Annual 
Report of Remuneration.

The LTIP award 
during the year will 
have a three year 
performance period 
commencing on 
1 April of that year 
and ending three 
years later on 
31 March.

The maximum that can be saved is limited  
to £500 per month which is consistent with 
prevailing HMRC limits.

For Executive Directors the value of the 
normal maximum entitlement per annum  
is equivalent to 150 per cent of base salary.  
In exceptional circumstances this can be 
increased to 200 per cent of base salary.

50 per cent of the award is based on EPS  
and 50 per cent on TSR targets and if both 
achieve the minimum performance then  
27.5 per cent of the award will vest, rising  
to 100 per cent of the award vesting for the 
maximum performance.

Executive Directors are required to hold  
the share award for a further two years 
after vesting.

There is a clawback and malus  
arrangement in place should the need  
arise, for misstatement, performance  
error and misconduct by a participant.

Fees payable to Non-Executive Directors

To pay fees in line 
with those paid  
by other UK listed 
companies of 
comparable size.

Fees are reviewed periodically and take into 
account market rates. Additional payments 
may be paid to the Senior Independent 
Non-Executive Director and to Chairs of 
Board Committees to reflect the additional 
responsibilities attached to these positions.

Non-Executive Directors do not participate 
in the Group’s incentive bonus arrangement, 
pension scheme or share-based awards.

N/A

The maximum available is subject to review 
of market rates every three years.

Annual Report & Accounts 2017  Cranswick plc

67

Shareholder InformationStrategic ReportFinancial StatementsCorporate GovernanceREMUNERATION COMMITTEE REPORT CONTINUED
DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION POLICY CONTINUED

ANNUAL BONUS PERFORMANCE TARGETS
The structure of the performance targets applicable to annual bonus awards to be made in a particular year will be set out in the implementation 
section of the Annual Report on Remuneration which precedes that year rather than in this remuneration policy report. The actual targets will 
not be disclosed in advance as they are considered to be commercially sensitive information; however, the details will be disclosed 
retrospectively, provided they are not considered commercially sensitive at that time. 

Historically, Group profit before tax, as adjusted for acquisitions, disposals and other non-trading items, was the sole metric against which  
the annual bonus award was assessed. The policy has been amended to allow flexibility for the Committee to introduce other financial 
measures, if deemed necessary, to provide an appropriately balanced and stretching incentive. Again, such metrics will be disclosed in  
the implementation section.

LONG TERM INCENTIVE PLAN
Under the policy approved at the 2015 AGM, an award to an individual cannot exceed 150 per cent of that individual’s annual salary except  
in exceptional circumstances when up to 200 per cent of the annual salary is permitted.

A summary of the main terms of the scheme which was approved and adopted following the 2015 AGM is as follows:
•  awards made to Executive Directors in the form of nil-cost options;
•  a normal maximum award to the Executive Directors of 150 per cent per cent of base salary;
•  a two year post vesting holding period applies; and 
•  a clawback and malus policy for profit misstatement, performance error or misconduct by a participant.

DISCRETION
The Committee retains discretion to make any payments, notwithstanding that they are not in line with the policy set out above, where  
the terms of the payment were agreed at a time when the relevant individual was not a Director of the Company and, in the opinion of the 
Committee, the payment was not in consideration of the individual becoming a Director of the Company. 

RECRUITMENT POLICY
The recruitment policy is that new Directors will be entitled to participate in the short term and Long Term Incentive Plans on the same basis  
as that for existing Directors set out in the policy table, including the same limits on quantum of awards under those plans. Where the new 
Director is an internal candidate their level of pay will be based on their increasing role and responsibilities and in line with market rates.  
Any incentive awards made before their promotion will continue to apply. 

The Remuneration Committee reserves the right to make awards in addition to the normal participation in the Company’s incentive plans to  
a new Director to ‘buy out’ the awards to which the Director would have been entitled from their previous employer where it considers that this  
is necessary to attract the right person. Such awards may be made through a combination of performance and non-performance awards which 
reflect the profile of the awards foregone and which take into account the likelihood of the performance conditions of those awards being met, 
in order and so far as is possible to provide an equivalent opportunity which is overall no more generous than the awards foregone. 

Where appropriate the Company may also pay reasonable relocation and related costs.

TERMINATION POLICY
There are no termination or exit payments in any of the service contracts. Any sums payable up to the point of leaving will be considered by  
the Remuneration Committee and will include:
•  salary, benefits and pension – earnings up to the date of leaving as per the service agreement;
• 
• 
•  any pay in lieu of notice.

for a ‘good leaver’ only, any bonus earned (subject to the discretion of the Committee) – accrued and apportioned to the date of leaving;
for a ‘good leaver’ only, any share awards due, as per the rules of the scheme, apportioned to the date of leaving; and 

A leaver will be a ‘good leaver’ in the event of:
•  retirement;
•  redundancy;
• 
•  death; or
• 

illness, disability or injury;

in other circumstances if the Committee, in its discretion, considers it appropriate.

OVERALL POLICY
The Group’s policy is that the overall remuneration package offered should be sufficiently competitive to attract, retain and motivate high 
quality executives whilst giving consideration to salary levels in similar sized quoted companies in the sector and in the region. Their share-
based awards (LTIP) are aligned with the long-term progress of the Group and in line with the Shareholders’ interests. The bonus award is 
linked to the performance of the business based on key financial metrics. 

68

Cranswick plc  Annual Report & Accounts 2017

CORPORATE GOVERNANCESERVICE CONTRACTS
The Remuneration Committee’s current policy is not to enter into employment contracts with any element of notice period in excess of one 
year. Accordingly, the following Executive Directors have a one year rolling contract: Adam Couch commencing 1 May 2006 (revised 1 August 
2012), Mark Bottomley from 1 June 2009 and Jim Brisby from 26 July 2010. For early termination the Remuneration Committee will consider the 
circumstances including any duty to mitigate loss and determine compensation payments accordingly.

The service contract for Martin Davey includes a one year notice period from 1 May 2006 except in the case of a takeover of the Company  
when the notice period is two years for the first six months following the takeover. The contract also has special provisions relating to liquidated 
damages requiring that the notice period stipulated in the contract will be paid in full. These conditions were incorporated into new contracts 
several years ago when the Directors changed from contracts that had notice periods of up to three years. Whilst these contractual terms differ 
from the current policy, the Remuneration Committee has concluded that it would not be appropriate, in the circumstances, to seek to further 
amend the contractual terms agreed with this individual in 2006.

NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS
Each Non-Executive Director has an appointment letter – Steven Esom for three years from 12 November 2014, Kate Allum for three years from 
1 July 2016 and Mark Reckitt for three years from 1 May 2017. The continuing appointments are subject to annual re-election at the Company’s 
Annual General Meeting.

The remuneration of the Non-Executive Directors is determined by the Executive Directors and reflects:
•  the time, commitment and responsibility of their roles; 
•  that their fees are reviewed annually with consideration being given to market rates and the need to attract and retain individuals with the 

necessary skills and experience; and

•  that they do not participate in the Group’s incentive bonus arrangement, pension scheme or share-based awards.

Copies of the service contracts and letters of appointment are held at the Company’s Registered Office and will be available for inspection  
at the Annual General Meeting.

PAY AND CONDITIONS ACROSS THE GROUP
The Committee does not directly consult with employees regarding the remuneration of the Executive Directors. However, when considering 
remuneration levels to apply the Committee will take into account base pay increases, bonus payments and share awards made to the Company’s 
employees generally.

The following are the key aspects of how pay and employment conditions across the Group are taken into account when setting the 
remuneration of employees, including the Executive Directors:
•  the Group operates within the UK food sector and has many employees who carry out demanding tasks within the business;
•  all employees, including Directors, are paid by reference to the market rate;
•  performance is measured and rewarded through a number of performance related bonus schemes across the Group including LTIP share 

options for Executive Directors and senior executives;

•  performance measures are cascaded down through the organisation to individual businesses;
•  the Group offers employment conditions that are commensurate with a medium-sized quoted company, including high standards of health 

& safety and equal opportunities; and

•  the Group operates Save As You Earn share schemes which are open to all eligible employees including Executive Directors. 

(Approximately 20 per cent of the workforce holds shares in the Company.)

Annual Report & Accounts 2017  Cranswick plc

69

Shareholder InformationStrategic ReportFinancial StatementsCorporate GovernanceREMUNERATION COMMITTEE REPORT CONTINUED
ANNUAL REPORT ON DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION

DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION (AUDITED)
The table below sets out the single figure remuneration details of the Directors for the reporting year: 

£’000

2017 

2016 

2017 

2016 

2017 

2016 

2017 

2016 

2017 

2016 

2017 

2016 

2017 

2016 

Salary and fees

Benefits

Bonus

LTIP*

Pension

SAYE

Total

Executive Directors
Mark Bottomley
Jim Brisby
Adam Couch
Martin Davey

Non-Executive Directors
Kate Allum
Steven Esom
Mark Reckitt

396
396
599
304

389
386
588
306

30
32
31
34

1,695

1,669

127

48
56
56

160

47
54
54

155

–
–
–

–

Total emoluments

1,855

1,824

127

29
29
29
29

594
594
898
457

584
728
579
654
882 1,078
458
723
116 2,543 2,503 3,183

–
–
–

–
–
–

–
–
–

–
–
–

–

–

–
116 2,543 2,503 3,183

–

782
702
1,148
1,239

3,871

–
–
–

–

79
79
120
61

339

–
–
–

–

78
77
118
61

334

–
–
–

–

51
14
–
–

65

–
–
–

–

3,871

339

334

65

1,862
– 1,878
– 1,769
1,773
38 2,726 2,803
– 1,579 2,093
38 7,952 8,531

–
–
–

48
56
56

47
54
54

–

160
38 8,112 8,686

155

*   The values of the LTIP awards which vested in June 2016 have been updated for the actual share price on the date of vesting. In line with the regulations the values for 2017 

are based on the average share price over the three month period to 31 March 2017 as these awards will not vest until June 2017 (see tables on page 71).

As reported last year the Executive Directors had pay awards in the year effective from 1 May 2016 of:

Adam Couch

Jim Brisby

Mark Bottomley

Martin Davey

1.6%

1.6%

1.6%

1.6%

In line with the change in RPI

In line with the change in RPI

In line with the change in RPI

In line with the change in RPI

Benefits principally comprise health insurance, personal tax advice, pension advice and Company car allowance.

Pension consists of contributions of up to 20 per cent of base salary which are either paid into a defined contribution pension scheme or are 
received as a cash allowance in lieu of the pension contribution, or, as a combination of both. No Director has any entitlement or prospective 
entitlement under any defined benefit pension scheme.

The number of Directors who were active members of the money purchase pension scheme in the year was two (2016: two).

ANNUAL BONUS ARRANGEMENT (AUDITED)
The bonus scheme in operation is based on the achievement of Group profit targets which are set with regard to the Company’s budget, 
historical performance and market outlook for the year. There are four bonus profit targets triggering awards of 20 per cent, 50 per cent, 
100 per cent and 150 per cent of base salary with a straight line, pro-rata award for profits falling between the targets. There is a modest fixed 
sum paid out at the half year stage based on the achievement of the half year target.

The performance in the year was adjusted to take into account acquisitions and disposals and other non-trading items that before charging 
bonus awards was £80.6 million. This exceeded the maximum profit target resulting in a bonus award of 150 per cent of salary as shown below. 

Adjusted profit targets

Bonus payable

This award is reflected in the table above.

£70.6m

20%

Threshold

£73.8m

50%

£76.8m

100%

Maximum

£78.8m

150%

Actual

£80.6m

150%

70

Cranswick plc  Annual Report & Accounts 2017

CORPORATE GOVERNANCELONG TERM INCENTIVE PLAN (AUDITED)
The Remuneration Committee awards nil-cost options under the LTIP scheme in order to ensure that Executive Directors and senior 
management are involved in the longer term success of the Group. Options can only be exercised if certain performance criteria are achieved 
by the Group as follows:
•  50 per cent of each award is subject to an earnings per share (EPS) target measured against average annual increases in the Retail Price 
Index (RPI) over a three year period. The EPS target allows 25 per cent of the shares subject to the target to vest at an average annual 
outperformance above RPI of 3 per cent and 100 per cent of the shares to vest at an average annual outperformance of 7 per cent with 
outperformance between 3 and 7 per cent rewarded pro-rata.

•  50 per cent are aligned to a total shareholder return (TSR) target measured against a comparable group of companies over a three year 
period. The TSR target allows 30 per cent of the shares subject to the target to vest at the 50th percentile and 100 per cent at the 75th 
percentile with performance between the 50th and 75th percentiles rewarded pro-rata.

The comparison companies used are: Associated British Foods plc, AG Barr plc, Britvic plc, Carrs Milling Industries plc, Dairy Crest Group plc, 
Devro plc, Greencore Group plc, Hilton Food Group plc, Kerry Group plc, McBride plc, Premier Foods plc, and Tate and Lyle plc.

The Remuneration Committee, which decides whether performance conditions have been met, considers EPS and TSR to be the most 
appropriate measures of the long-term performance of the Group.

The value of the LTIP for the year ended 31 March 2017 relates to awards made in 2014 with a performance criteria based on the three years ended 
31 March 2017 that will vest in June 2017 calculated at the average price for the three months ending on 31 March 2017 of 2,379 pence. Over the 
three year performance period the EPS element of the award, based on the criteria set above, gave an out performance of 12.69 per cent over  
the average increase in RPI so achieving a 100 per cent award. For the TSR element of the award, measured against a comparable group of 
companies, the business achieved an increase of 116.4 per cent and put the Company at the top of its comparative group which was at the 100th 
percentile so again an award of 100 per cent was achieved. The total award of 100 per cent is reflected in the table on page 70, and below.

Date of grant

Options granted

Vesting performance

Shares awarded

Average share price

Value of shares

Mark Bottomley
Jim Brisby
Adam Couch
Martin Davey

1 June 2014
1 June 2014
1 June 2014
1 June 2014

30,600
27,500
45,300
30,400

100%
100%
100%
100%

30,600
27,500
45,300
30,400

2,379
2,379
2,379
2,379

727,974
654,225
1,077,687
723,216

The value of the LTIP for the year ended 31 March 2016 relates to awards, made in 2013, with a performance criteria based on the three years 
ended 31 March 2016 that vested in June 2016, calculated at a vesting share price of 2,333 pence. The EPS element of the award achieved 
100 per cent of its performance target and 100 per cent was achieved under the TSR measure giving an overall award of 100 per cent and this  
is reflected in the 2016 column of the table on page 70 and in the table below.

Mark Bottomley
Jim Brisby
Adam Couch
Martin Davey

Date of grant

1 June 2013
1 June 2013
1 June 2013
1 June 2013

Options awarded

33,500
30,100
49,200
53,100

Value of award as at  
31 March 2016 based on an 
average price of 1,989p

Value of award when  
vested in June 2016 at the  

market price of 2,333p

£666,315
£598,689
£978,588
£1,056,159

£781,555
£702,233
£1,147,836
£1,238,823

The value of the SAYE options relates to awards granted 3, 5 or 7 years ago that have had their full contribution paid by the Executive and have 
been exercised in the year. The awards in 2017 exercised by Mark Bottomley had an exercise price of 579 pence and a market value of 2,551 
pence and for Jim Brisby an exercise price of 916 pence and a market value of 2,333 pence. The notional gains are shown in the 2017 column  
of the table on page 70.

PAYMENTS TO PAST DIRECTORS (AUDITED)
There have been no payments made to past Directors or payments made for loss of office in the year.

Annual Report & Accounts 2017  Cranswick plc

71

Shareholder InformationStrategic ReportFinancial StatementsCorporate GovernanceREMUNERATION COMMITTEE REPORT CONTINUED
ANNUAL REPORT ON DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION CONTINUED

PERFORMANCE GRAPH – TOTAL SHAREHOLDER RETURN (UNAUDITED)
The graph below shows the percentage change (from a base of 100 in March 2009) in the Total Shareholder Return (with dividends reinvested) 
for each of the last eight years on a holding of the Company’s shares against the corresponding change in a hypothetical holding in the shares 
of the FTSE 350 Food Producers and Processors Price Index (FTSE FPP) and the FTSE All Share Index (FTSE All Share). The FTSE FPP and the 
FTSE All Share were chosen as representative benchmarks of the sector and the market as a whole for the business.

600

500

400

300

200

100

0

2009

2010

2011

2012

2013

2014

2015

2016

2017

  Cranswick 

  FTSE All Share 

  FTSE 350 Food Producers

The table below illustrates the change in the total CEO remuneration over a period of eight years, with the bonus awards in those years and the 
LTIP vesting awards set against a percentage of the maximum available. 

£’000

Base salary
Benefits
Pension
Bonus
LTIP
SAYE
CEO total remuneration
Bonus award against maximum opportunity
LTIP vesting against maximum opportunity

2010

464
24
93
705
172
–
1,458
97%
85%

2011

483
25
97
107
207
–
919
14%
100%

2012

508
28
102
453
243
6
1,340
56%
93%

2013

505
28
86
639
171
7
1,436
80%
43%

2014

542
31
108
252
149
–
1,082
31%
25%

2015

562
29
112
843
825
–
2,371
100%
87%

2016

588
29
118
882
1,148
38
2,803
100%
100%

2017

599
31
120
898
1,078
–
2,726
100%
100%

Bernard Hoggarth was the Chief Executive up to August 2012 and from that date Adam Couch has fulfilled that role. The 2013 figures are the 
sum of the remuneration received by both Directors in that year.

CHANGE IN TOTAL REMUNERATION OF THE CHIEF EXECUTIVE COMPARED TO EMPLOYEES (UNAUDITED)
The table below shows the percentage change from 2016 to 2017 in the Chief Executive’s salary compared to the change for all permanent 
employees of the business (excluding all Board Directors).

Chief executive
All other employees* (excluding all Board Directors)

Total pay

-1%
8%

Salary

2%
10%

Benefits

7%
2%

Bonus

2%
4%

RELATIVE IMPORTANCE OF THE SPEND ON PAY (UNAUDITED)
The table below shows the total remuneration paid across the Group together with the total dividend paid in respect of 2017 and the 
preceding financial year.

Pay against distributions

Remuneration paid to all employees*
Total dividends paid in the year

*  Includes the impact of pay awards, growth in employee numbers and corporate activity.

72

Cranswick plc  Annual Report & Accounts 2017

2017
£’000

142,012
19,577

2016
£’000

131,761
17,370

Change
%

7.78%
12.71%

CORPORATE GOVERNANCESHARE OPTIONS (AUDITED)
Details of the nil-cost LTIP options granted in the year under the LTIP are set out below:

Date  
of grant

Basis  

of award

Number  
of shares

Share price  
at grant*

Face value  
of shares

Mark Bottomley
Jim Brisby
Adam Couch
Martin Davey

1 June 2016
1 June 2016
1 June 2016
1 June 2016

150% of salary
150% of salary
150% of salary
150% of salary

25,700
25,700
38,900
19,800

2,313
2,313
2,313
2,313

£594,441
£594,441
£899,757
£457,974

Vesting at 
minimum 
performance

End of 
performance  
period

27.5% 31 March 2019
27.5% 31 March 2019
27.5% 31 March 2019
27.5% 31 March 2019

*  Based on the average of the mean high/low share price for the three days preceding the grant date of the options.

The awards are exercisable between 1 June 2019 and 1 June 2026, subject to performance. 50 per cent of the award depends on the performance 
of EPS and 50 per cent on TSR for the period from 1 April 2016 to 31 March 2019. If the minimum performance was achieved the EPS element 
would give 25 per cent and the TSR element would give 30 per cent; overall 27.5 per cent of the grant would vest.

OUTSTANDING SHARE AWARDS (AUDITED)
The interests of the Executive Directors in the LTIP and SAYE schemes were as follows:

Long Term Incentive Plan (audited)

Mark Bottomley

Jim Brisby

Adam Couch

Martin Davey

Year of award

At 1 April  
2016  
Number

Granted  
in the year  
Number

Exercised  
in the year  
Number

Lapsed  
In the year  
Number

At 31 March 
2017  

Number

Exercise  
price  
p

Market price  
at grant  
p

2013
2014
2015
2016
2013
2014
2015
2016
2013
2014
2015
2016
2013
2014
2015
2016

33,500
30,600
35,900
–
30,100
27,500
35,600
–
49,200
45,300
54,200
–
53,100
30,400
28,200
–

–
–
–
25,700
–
–
–
25,700
–
–
–
38,900
–
–
–
19,800

(33,500)
–
–
–
(30,100)
–
–
–
(49,200)
–
–
–
(53,100)
–
–
–

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

–
30,600
35,900
25,700
–
27,500
35,600
25,700
–
45,300
54,200
38,900
–
30,400
28,200
19,800

nil
nil
nil
nil
nil
nil
nil
nil
nil
nil
nil
nil
nil
nil
nil
nil

1,127
1,266
1,628
2,333
1,127
1,266
1,628
2,333
1,127
1,266
1,628
2,333
1,127
1,266
1,628
2,333

The performance periods run for three years from 1 April in each year and conclude on 31 March three years later and are exercisable on the 
attainment of certain performance criteria detailed on page 71. The range of exercise dates are 1 June 2017 to 1 June 2026.

The LTIP, issued in 2014, which vests in June 2017, will achieve 100 per cent of both the EPS target and the TSR measure giving a maximum 
share award.

The following Directors exercised LTIP share options during the year:

Mark Bottomley
Jim Brisby
Adam Couch
Martin Davey

Number

Date exercised

33,500
30,100
49,200
53,100

21 June 2016
21 June 2016
21 June 2016
21 June 2016

Exercise price
p

Market price
p

Gain on exercise
£’000

nil
nil
nil
nil

2,105
2,105 
2,105
2,105

705
634
1,035
1,118

Annual Report & Accounts 2017  Cranswick plc

73

Shareholder InformationStrategic ReportFinancial StatementsCorporate GovernanceREMUNERATION COMMITTEE REPORT CONTINUED
ANNUAL REPORT ON DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION CONTINUED

Savings related share option scheme (audited)

Year of  
award

At 1 April  
2016  
Number

Granted  
in the year 
Number

Exercised in 
the year 
Number

Lapsed  
in the year 
Number

At 31 March 
2017  

Number

Exercise  
price  
p

Mark Bottomley

Jim Brisby

Adam Couch

Martin Davey

2011
2014
2013
2014
2011
2014
2015
2014
2015

2,590
1,276
982
1,276
936
1,276
667
758
618

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

(2,590)
–
(982)
–
–
–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

–
1,276
–
1,276
936
1,276
667
758
618

579
1,187
916
1,187
579
1,187
1,456
1,187
1,456

Range of exercise dates

1 Mar 2017–1 Sep 2017
1 Mar 2020–1 Sep 2020
1 Mar 2017–1 Sep 2017
1 Mar 2020–1 Sep 2020
1 Mar 2019–1 Sep 2019
1 Mar 2020–1 Sep 2020
1 Mar 2021–1 Sep 2021
1 Mar 2018–1 Sep 2018
1 Mar 2019–1 Sep 2019

The Executive Directors are eligible, as are other employees of the Group, to participate in the SAYE scheme, which by its nature does not have 
performance conditions. 

The following Executive Director exercised savings related share options during the year:

Mark Bottomley
Jim Brisby

Number

Date exercised

2,590
982

28 March 2017
1 March 2017

Exercise price
p

Market price
p

Notional gain 
£’000

579
916

2,551
2,333

51
14

MINIMUM SHAREHOLDING
The Remuneration Committee has recommended that the Executive Directors hold shares in the Company worth at least 200 per cent of base 
salary, with the holding to be built up over a five year period. The Directors’ current holdings and value are now all in excess of the 200 per cent 
target and are shown below.

DIRECTORS’ INTERESTS (AUDITED) 

Mark Bottomley
Jim Brisby
Adam Couch
Martin Davey
Steve Esom
Mark Reckitt

LTIP (Unvested, 
subject to 
performance)

LTIP (Vested*, 
unexercised)

SAYE  
(Non-performance 
related)

Number of  
shares held as at 
31 March 2017

Value of  
shares held as a  
% of base salary

61,600
61,300
93,100
48,000
–
–

30,600
27,500
45,300
30,400
–
–

1,276
1,276
2,879
1,376
–
–

69,924
77,374
112,746
228,869
1,441
1,300

452
500
482
1,924
–
–

Target %

200
200
200
200
–
–

*  LTIP awards are due to vest in June 2017 with the performance criteria now completed.

The share price at 31 March 2017 of 2,559p was used in calculating the percentage figures shown above. 

Kate Allum has no interests in the Company at the present time.

There have been no further changes to the above interests in the period from 1 April 2017 to 23 May 2017.

REMUNERATION FOR THE YEAR ENDING 31 MARCH 2018
There are no planned changes to the basis of the Executive Directors’ remuneration following the benchmarking exercise carried out in 2015. 
The Executive Directors were awarded an increase of 3.1 per cent which is in line with the annualised increase in the Retail Price Index (RPI) as at 
31 March 2017. This increase is consistent with the average increase awarded to senior executives and to other employees in the Group taking 
into account local practices and regional variations in pay and conditions.

74

Cranswick plc  Annual Report & Accounts 2017

CORPORATE GOVERNANCEFollowing the increase in pay, which will be applicable from 1 May 2017, the Executive Directors’ base salaries will be:

Director

Mark Bottomley
Jim Brisby
Adam Couch
Martin Davey

New salary

£408,500
£408,500
£618,000
£314,250

Rationale

Increase In line with RPI
Increase In line with RPI
Increase in line with RPI
Increase in line with RPI

The 2018 bonus scheme in operation will be based on the achievement of Group profit targets which are set having regard to the Company’s 
budget, historical performance and market outlook for the year. The actual 2018 targets are not disclosed as they are considered to be 
commercially sensitive. The targets will be declared retrospectively in the 2018 Annual Report, provided they are not considered commercially 
sensitive at that time. There are four bonus profit targets triggering awards of 20 per cent, 50 per cent, 100 per cent and 150 per cent of base 
salaries with a straight line pro-rata award for profits falling between the target. There is a fixed sum paid out at the half year stage based on 
the achievement of the half year target.

LTIP awards, equivalent to 150 per cent of basic salary, will be made in June 2017 and vesting will be after a three year performance period for 
both TSR and EPS. 50 per cent of the award will be based on the target for TSR and 50 per cent on the target for EPS as detailed on page 71.

THE REMUNERATION COMMITTEE
During the year the Committee comprised all the independent Non-Executive Directors: Steven Esom (Chair), Kate Allum and Mark Reckitt. 
Their experiences and suitability are highlighted in their biographical details on page 47. The Chairman attends the meetings, along with the 
Chief Executive and the Group Finance Director, in an advisory capacity as and when requested and the Company Secretary attends the 
meetings as secretary to the Committee. No individual is involved in decisions relating to their own remuneration.

COMMITTEE MEETINGS DURING THE YEAR
There were four meetings held during the year. The attendance of members at the meetings was as follows:

Committee members

Steven Esom – Chair
Kate Allum
Mark Reckitt

Meetings attended

Percentage ttended

4
4
4

100%
100%
100%

ROLE OF THE REMUNERATION COMMITTEE AND PRINCIPLES OF REMUNERATION POLICY
The principal role of the Remuneration Committee is to determine and agree with the Board the policy for all aspects of the Executive 
Directors’ remuneration including to:
•  review the ongoing relevance and effectiveness of the Group remuneration policy;
•  determine the remuneration of the Company’s Executive Directors and other senior executives earning in excess of £150,000 per annum  

to make certain that they are aligned to the Group’s strategy and goals;

•  monitor the remuneration of the Group’s other senior executives;
•  approve the design of the Executive Directors’ and the Group’s senior executives annual bonus arrangement; 
•  approve the level and appropriateness of the Long Term Incentive Plan (LTIP) for the Executive Directors and senior executives; and
• 

listen to and consider any Shareholders’ views relating to Directors’ remuneration as expressed at the AGM.

It also undertakes a regular review of the incentive plans to ensure that they remain appropriate to the Company’s current circumstances, 
prospects and strategic priorities and that, in particular, the remuneration policy adopted is aligned with and based on the creation of value  
for Shareholders and provides appropriate incentives for management to achieve this objective without taking inappropriate business risks. 
The Committee also reviews and notes annually the remuneration trends across the Group and any major changes in employee 
benefit structures.

KEY ACTIVITIES OF THE COMMITTEE
The Committee’s key activities during the year ended 31 March 2017 were as follows:

April 2016

•  review the Executives Directors’ and other senior executives’ base salaries;
•  set corporate and personal objectives for the annual bonus arrangements for 2017 for the Executive Directors  

and senior executives;

•  review the Committee’s Terms of Reference.

May 2016

•  review the achievements of the Executive Directors’ bonus arrangement against the 2016 targets;
•  review the outcome of performance conditions for the LTIP awards which were granted in 2013;
•  approve the LTIP awards granted in 2016;
•  review the Executive Directors’ shareholding requirement;
•  approve the Annual Remuneration Report for 2016.

November 2016

•  review the interim bonus performance for the Executive Directors against the 2017 target;
•  approve the issue of the SAYE share scheme for 2017. 

Annual Report & Accounts 2017  Cranswick plc

75

Shareholder InformationStrategic ReportFinancial StatementsCorporate GovernanceREMUNERATION COMMITTEE REPORT CONTINUED
ANNUAL REPORT ON DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION CONTINUED

ADVISERS TO THE COMMITTEE
The Committee keeps itself fully informed on the developments within the industry and in the field of remuneration and seeks advice from 
external advisers where appropriate. AON Hewitt have been retained by the Remuneration Committee for advice throughout the year and 
were paid £2,700 for their services. In addition PricewaterhouseCoopers (PwC) continue to give advice to the Remuneration Committee on 
share option awards and other benefit schemes, for which £3,750 was paid to them in the year. AON Hewitt is part of the AON Corporation 
which also provides insurance broking services to the Group and PwC are the Group’s tax advisers. However the Committee have reviewed  
any potential conflicts of interest and judged that the two companies’ advice is both objective and independent. As PwC will be appointed 
external auditors from 1 April 2017 (subject to shareholders approval at the 2017 AGM) the Committee will consider new advisers to 
replace them.

STATEMENT OF SHAREHOLDERS VOTING (UNAUDITED)
The resolutions to approve the 2016 Remuneration Committee Report were passed on a show of hands at the Company’s last AGM held on 
25 July 2016. 

The votes cast by proxy in respect of those resolutions were:

Remuneration Committee report

For
Against
Withheld

Number

38,159,583
524,823
4,265

%

98.6
1.4

REMUNERATION DISCLOSURE
This report complies with the requirements of the Large and Medium-Sized Companies and Groups (Accounts and Reports) Regulations 2008 
as amended in 2013 (the Regulations), the principles of the 2014 UK Corporate Governance Code and the Listing Rules of the Financial 
Conduct Authority. 

Steven Esom
Chair of the Remuneration Committee

23 May 2017

76

Cranswick plc  Annual Report & Accounts 2017

CORPORATE GOVERNANCEDIRECTORS’ REPORT

The Directors present their Annual Report and the audited financial statements of the Company and the Group for the year ended 
31 March 2017. The Directors’ Report consists of pages 77 to 81 and has been drawn up and presented in accordance with and in reliance 
upon applicable English company law, and the liabilities of the Directors in connection with that report shall be subject to the limitations  
and restrictions provided by such law. The Report includes:
•  Strategic Report, including Strategy, Principal Risks and Sustainability reporting, on pages 2 to 43;
•  Governance Statement, including reports from the Audit Committee, Nomination Committee and the Remuneration Committee,  

on pages 48 to 76.

DIRECTORS AND THEIR INTERESTS
The membership of the Board and biographical details of the Directors are given on pages 46 and 47. Details of the Directors’ beneficial 
interests in the ordinary shares of the Company and in share options over the ordinary share capital of the Company are included in the 
Remuneration Committee Report on pages 62 to 76.

In accordance with the recommendations of the UK Corporate Governance Code, all Directors will stand for re-election at the forthcoming 
Annual General Meeting.

DIRECTORS’ INDEMNITIES
The Company has in place directors’ and officers’ liability insurance which gives appropriate cover against the costs of defending themselves 
in civil proceedings taken against them in their capacity as a director or officer of the Company and in respect of damages resulting from any 
unsuccessful defence of any proceedings.

CONFLICTS OF INTEREST
The Company has a register in place for managing conflicts of interest with the Directors which is reviewed and updated annually. 
The Directors have a continuing duty throughout the year to update any changes to these conflicts.

DISCLOSURE REQUIRED UNDER LISTING RULE 9.8.4R
The only information that is applicable to the Company in respect of the requirements of the Listing Rule 9.8.4R are the details of the  
Long Term Incentive Scheme which can be found in the Remuneration Committee Report on pages 62 to 76.

PROFIT AND DIVIDENDS
The profit from continuing operations for the financial year, after taxation amounts to £62.3 million (2016: £49.0 million). The Directors have 
declared dividends as follows:

Interim dividend per share paid on 27 January 2017
Final dividend per share proposed
Total dividend

2017

13.1p
31.0p
£22.2m

2016

11.6p
25.9p
£18.7m

Subject to approval at the Annual General Meeting, the final dividend will be paid in cash or scrip form on 1 September 2017 to members on 
the register at the close of business on 30 June 2017. The shares will go ex-dividend on 29 June 2017. The proposed final dividend for 2017 
together with the interim paid in January 2017 amount to 44.1 pence per share which is 17.6 per cent higher than the previous year.

TAX CONTRIBUTION
Within the UK our tax contribution to the UK treasury takes two forms: direct contributions, being a cost to the Company which includes 
corporation tax on profits, employer’s National Insurance on wages paid and business rates; and indirect contributions, being income tax  
and employee’s National Insurance on wages paid. The total paid in the year amounts to £65 million and is analysed as follows:

Direct Tax Contribution £’m

Indirect Tax Contribution £’m

2

10

14

15

  Corporation Tax
  Employers’ National Insurance
  Business rates

24

  Income Tax
  Employees’ National Insurance

Annual Report & Accounts 2017  Cranswick plc

77

Shareholder InformationStrategic ReportFinancial StatementsCorporate GovernanceDIRECTORS’ REPORT CONTINUED

SHARE CAPITAL 
The Company has one class of shares, being ordinary shares of 10 pence each. There are no special rights pertaining to any of the shares  
in issue; each share carries the right to one vote at general meetings of the Company. The allotted and fully paid up share capital is shown  
in Note 24. During the year the share capital increased by 620,690 shares. The increase comprised 390,082 of shares issued relating to share 
options exercised during the year and 230,608 of shares issued in respect of scrip dividends.

MAJOR SHAREHOLDERS
The Company has been notified of the following interests of 3 per cent or more in the issued share capital of the Company:

Invesco Perpetual
Wellington Management
Woodford Investment Management
Standard Life Investments
Legal & General Investment Management
Fidelity Management & Research

At 31 March 2017

Number of shares

% of issued share capital

Nature of holding

12,157,850
3,621,568
2,832,038
2,578,612
2,015,842
1,898,157

24.09
7.18
5.61
5.11
3.99
3.76

Direct & Indirect
Direct
Direct & Indirect
Direct
Direct
Direct

There have been no notifications of any significant changes, a different whole percentage movement, to these shareholdings as at 23 May 2017.

CAPITAL RAISING AND SHARE REPURCHASES
The Directors of Cranswick plc have received limited authority to disapply Shareholders’ pre-emption rights in certain circumstances, to authorise 
the Company to buy back a proportion of the Company’s share capital and to allow the Directors to allot shares. Further resolutions will be placed 
before the Annual General Meeting to be held on 24 July 2017 to renew these powers.

At the last Annual General Meeting the Directors received authority from the Shareholders to:

Allot Shares
This gives Directors the authority to allot authorised but unissued shares and maintains the flexibility in respect of the Company’s financing 
arrangements. The nominal value of ordinary shares which the Directors may allot in the period up to the next Annual General Meeting, to be held 
on 24 July 2017, is limited to £1,661,796 which represented approximately 33 per cent of the issued share capital as at 31 May 2016. The Directors do 
not have any present intention of exercising this authority other than in connection with the issue of ordinary shares in respect of the scrip dividend 
offer and the Company’s share option plans. This authority will expire at the end of the Annual General Meeting to be held on 24 July 2017.

Disapplication of pre-emption rights
This dis-applies rights of pre-emption on the allotment of shares by the Company, or to grant rights to subscribe for, or to convert securities 
into ordinary shares or sell treasury shares for cash. The authority will allow the Directors to allot equity securities for cash pursuant to the 
authority to allot shares mentioned above, to grant rights for ordinary shares and to sell treasury shares for cash without a pre-emptive offer  
to existing Shareholders, up to an aggregate nominal amount of £498,538, representing 10 per cent of the Company’s issued share capital  
as at 31 May 2016. This authority will expire at the end of the Annual General Meeting to be held on 24 July 2017.

To buy own shares
This authority allows the Company to buy its own shares in the market, as permitted under the Articles of Association of the Company, up to a 
limit of 10 per cent of the Company’s issued share capital. The price to be paid for any share must not be less than 10 pence, being the nominal 
value of a share, and must not exceed 105 per cent of the average middle market quotations for the ordinary shares of the Company as derived 
from the London Stock Exchange Daily Official List for the five business days immediately preceding the day on which the ordinary shares are 
purchased. The Directors have no immediate plans to exercise the powers of the Company to purchase its own shares and undertake that the 
authority would only be exercised if the Directors were satisfied that a purchase would result in an increase in expected earnings per share and 
was in the best interests of the Company at the time. This authority will expire at the end of the Annual General Meeting to be held on 24 July 
2017. The Directors would consider holding any of its own shares that it purchases pursuant to this authority as treasury shares.

The Company did not repurchase any shares during the year and at the year end the Group held no treasury shares.

The Company is not aware of any agreements between Shareholders that may result in restrictions on the transfer of securities and for voting rights.

There are no restrictions on the transfer of ordinary shares in the Company other than where certain restrictions may apply from time to time, 
on the Board of Directors and other senior executive staff, which are imposed by laws and regulations relating to insider trading laws and 
market requirements relating to close periods.

78

Cranswick plc  Annual Report & Accounts 2017

CORPORATE GOVERNANCEANNUAL GENERAL MEETING AND SPECIAL BUSINESS TO BE TRANSACTED AT THE ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING
The Annual General Meeting of Cranswick plc will be held at the Mercure Hull Grange hotel on Monday 24 July 2017. A notice convening  
the Annual General Meeting can be found in the separate Notice of Annual General Meeting accompanying this Report & Accounts.

Details of the Special Business to be transacted at the Annual General Meeting are contained in the separate letter from the Chairman which 
also accompanies this Report & Accounts, and covers the Directors’ authority to allot shares, the partial disapplication of pre-emption rights 
and the authority for the Company to buy its own shares.

ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION
The Company’s Articles of Association may only be amended by a special resolution at a general meeting of the Shareholders.

CAPITAL STRUCTURE
The primary objective of the Group’s capital management is to ensure that it maintains a strong credit rating and healthy capital ratios in order 
to support its business and maximise value for Shareholders and other stakeholders.

The Group regards its Shareholders’ equity and net debt as its capital and manages its capital structure and makes adjustments to it in light  
of changes in economic conditions. To maintain or adjust the capital structure, the Group may adjust the dividend payment to Shareholders, 
return capital to Shareholders or issue new shares. No changes were made to the objectives, policies or processes during the years ended 
31 March 2016 and 31 March 2017.

The Group’s capital structure is as follows:

Net debt/(funds) (Note 27)
Cranswick plc Shareholders’ equity

Capital employed

2017
£’m

11.0
421.4

432.4

2016
£’m

(17.8)
368.0

350.2

CHANGE OF CONTROL
There are no agreements that the Company considers significant and to which the Company is party that would take effect, alter or terminate 
upon change of control of the Company following a takeover bid other than the following:
•  the Company is party to a number of banking agreements which upon a change of control of the Company are terminable by the bank upon 

the provision of 30 working days’ notice;

•  there are no agreements between the Company and its Directors or employees providing for compensation for loss of office or 

employment (whether through resignation, purported redundancy or otherwise) that occur because of a takeover bid other than as stated 
in the Remuneration Committee Report, on page 69, relating to Martin Davey; and

•  there are certain provisions in the Company’s Save As You Earn share option plan and the Long Term Incentive Plan that may cause options 
and awards granted to vest on a takeover. The proportion of the awards that are capable of exercise will depend on the time in the scheme 
and as far as the LTIP is concerned the extent to which the performance targets (as adjusted or amended) have been satisfied.

Annual Report & Accounts 2017  Cranswick plc

79

Shareholder InformationStrategic ReportFinancial StatementsCorporate GovernanceDIRECTORS’ REPORT CONTINUED

FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
Functional currency
The functional currency of all Group undertakings is Sterling. 

Foreign currency risk
The main foreign exchange risk facing the Group is in the purchasing of charcuterie products and fresh pork cuts from continental Europe  
in Euros and the sale of fresh pork to the USA and China denominated in US Dollars. The policy of the Group is to seek to mitigate the impact 
of this risk by taking out forward contracts for up to twelve months ahead and for amounts that commence at approximately 25 per cent of the 
requirement and move progressively towards full cover. The Finance Director is consulted about the key decisions on currency cover.

Interest rate risk
The Group’s current policy is to manage its cost of borrowing using a mix of fixed and variable rate debt. Whilst fixed rate interest-bearing debt 
is not exposed to cash flow interest rate risk, there is no opportunity for the Group to enjoy a reduction in borrowing costs in markets where 
rates are falling. In addition, the fair value risk inherent in fixed rate borrowing means that the Group is exposed to unplanned costs should 
debt be restructured or repaid early as part of the liquidity management process. In contrast, whilst floating rate borrowings are not exposed 
to changes in fair value, the Group is exposed to cash flow risk as costs increase if market rates rise. The Group has reduced its borrowings 
significantly in recent years and at 31 March 2017 gearing was at just 2.6 per cent (2016: zero). Given this conservative debt structure the Group 
has not fixed the interest rate on any part of its current facility. The Board will keep this situation under constant review and will fix the interest 
rate on a proportion of the Group’s borrowings at such time as it becomes appropriate to do so. The monitoring of interest rate risk is handled 
entirely at head office, based on the monthly consolidation of cash flow projections and the daily borrowings position.

Credit risk
Practically all sales are made on credit terms, the majority of which are to the major UK food retailers. Overdue accounts are reviewed at 
monthly management meetings. The incidence of bad debts is low. For all major customers, credit terms are agreed by negotiation and for  
all other customers, credit terms are set by reference to external credit agencies and/or commercial awareness. Every attempt is made to  
resist advance payments to suppliers for goods and services; where this proves commercially unworkable, arrangements are put in place, 
where practical, to guarantee the repayment of the monies in the event of default.

Liquidity risk
The Group has historically been very cash-generative. The bank position for each site is monitored on a daily basis and capital expenditure  
is approved at local management meetings at which at least two members of the main Board are present and reported at the subsequent 
monthly main Board meeting. Major projects, in excess of £1 million, are approved by the main Board. Each part of the Group has access to  
the Group’s overdraft facility and all term debt is arranged centrally. The Group renewed its bank facility in November 2016. The arrangement 
is made up of a revolving credit facility of £160.0 million including a committed overdraft facility of £20.0 million. The Group manages the 
utilisation of the revolving credit facility through the monitoring of monthly consolidated cash flow projections and the daily borrowings 
position. The current arrangement extends the maturity of the Group’s available financing to November 2021 with the option to extend by  
up to a further two years, providing it with reduced liquidity risk and medium-term funding to meet its objectives. The unutilised element  
of the facility at 31 March 2017 was £148.1 million (2016: £120.0 million).

GREENHOUSE GAS EMISSIONS
The Company is required to state the annual quantity of emissions in tonnes of carbon dioxide equivalent from activities for which the Group  
is responsible. Details of these greenhouse gas emissions are included within the Sustainability section on pages 32 and 33.

POLITICAL DONATIONS
The Group has made no political donations during the year ended 31 March 2017.

RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT
The Group remains at the forefront of new product development offering consumers a wide range of products. Through innovative use  
of existing and emerging technologies, there will continue to be successful development of new products and processes for the Group.

EMPLOYMENT POLICIES
The Group’s policy on employee involvement is to adopt an open management style, thereby encouraging informal consultation at all levels 
about aspects of the Group’s operations. Employees participate directly in the success of the business by participation in the SAYE share 
option schemes.

Employment policies are designed to provide equal opportunities irrespective of race, colour, nationality, religion, sex, marital status, family 
status, sexual orientation, disability or age. Full consideration is given to applications for employment by and the continuing employment, 
training and career development of disabled people.

More details on people management and employment policies, including human rights information, can be found within the Operating 
Excellence section on pages 28 and 29.

80

Cranswick plc  Annual Report & Accounts 2017

CORPORATE GOVERNANCEFUTURE DEVELOPMENTS
Future developments are described in the Strategic Report on pages 2 to 43.

GOING CONCERN
The Group’s business activities, together with the factors likely to affect its future development, performance and position are set out in the 
review of activities. The financial position of the Group, its cash flows, liquidity position and borrowing facility are described above, as are the 
Group’s objectives, policies and processes for managing its capital; its financial risk management objectives; details of its financial instruments 
and hedging activities; and its exposure to credit risk and liquidity risk.

The Group has considerable financial resources together with strong trading relationships with its key customers and suppliers. As a consequence, 
the Directors believe that the Group is well placed to manage its business risk successfully.

After reviewing the available information, including business plans and making enquiries, the Directors have a reasonable expectation that  
the Group has adequate resources to continue in operational existence for the foreseeable future. For this reason, they continue to adopt the 
going concern basis in preparing the financial statements.

AUDITORS
Ernst & Young LLP stand down as external auditors after 45 years in the role in accordance with the requirements of the UK Corporate Governance 
Code. A resolution to appoint PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP as independent external auditor will be proposed at the Annual General Meeting, 
together with the authority for the Audit Committee to determine their remuneration. A statement on the independence of the external 
auditors is included in the report of the Audit Committee on pages 58 and 59.

DIRECTORS’ STATEMENT AS TO DISCLOSURE OF INFORMATION TO AUDITORS
The Directors who were members of the Board at the time of approving the Directors’ Report are listed on pages 46 and 47. Having made 
enquiries of fellow Directors and of the Company’s auditors, each of these Directors confirm that:
•  to the best of each Director’s knowledge and belief, there is no information relevant to the preparation of their report of which the 

Company’s auditors are unaware; and

•  each Director has taken all the steps a Director might reasonably be expected to have taken to be aware of relevant audit information  

and to establish that the Company’s auditors are aware of that information.

DIRECTORS’ RESPONSIBILITY STATEMENT
Each of the Directors of the Board listed on pages 46 and 47 confirms that to the best of their knowledge:
•  the Financial Statements, prepared in accordance with IFRS as adopted by the European Union, give a true and fair review of the assets, 

liabilities, financial position and results of Cranswick plc and its subsidiaries included in the consolidation taken as a whole; and

•  the Directors’ Report and the Strategic Report include a fair review of the development and performance of the business and the position 
of Cranswick plc and its subsidiaries included in the consolidation taken as a whole, together with a description of the principal risks and 
uncertainties that they face. 

The Directors’ Report was approved by a duly authorised committee of the Board on 23 May 2017 and signed on its behalf by:

Malcolm Windeatt
Company Secretary

23 May 2017
Company number: 1074383

Annual Report & Accounts 2017  Cranswick plc

81

Shareholder InformationStrategic ReportFinancial StatementsCorporate GovernanceSTATEMENT OF DIRECTORS’ RESPONSIBILITIES
IN RELATION TO THE ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The Directors are responsible for preparing the Annual Report and the Group financial statements in accordance with applicable United 
Kingdom law and regulations. Company law requires the Directors to prepare Group financial statements for each financial year. Under that 
law, the Directors are required to prepare Group financial statements under IFRSs as adopted by the European Union. 

Under Company Law the Directors must not approve the Group financial statements unless they are satisfied that they give a true and fair  
view of the state of affairs of the Group and of the profit or loss of the Group for that period. In preparing the Group financial statements the 
Directors are required to:
•  present fairly the financial position, financial performance and cash flows of the Group; 
•  select suitable accounting policies in accordance with IAS 8 Accounting Policies, Changes in Accounting Estimates and Errors and then 

apply them consistently;

•  present information, including accounting policies, in a manner that provides relevant, reliable, comparable and understandable information; 
•  make judgements that are reasonable; 
•  provide additional disclosures when compliance with the specific requirements in IFRSs as adopted by the European Union is insufficient  
to enable users to understand the impact of particular transactions, other events and conditions on the Group’s financial position and 
financial performance; and 

•  state whether the Group financial statements have been prepared in accordance with IFRSs as adopted by the European Union, subject  

to any material departures disclosed and explained in the financial statements.

The Directors are responsible for keeping adequate accounting records that are sufficient to show and explain the Group’s transactions  
and disclose with reasonable accuracy at any time the financial position of the Group and enable them to ensure that the Group financial 
statements comply with the Companies Act 2006 and Article 4 of the IAS Regulation. They are also responsible for safeguarding the assets  
of the Group and hence for taking reasonable steps for the prevention and detection of fraud and other irregularities.

The Directors are also responsible for preparing the Strategic Report, the Directors’ Report, the Remuneration Committee Report and the 
Governance Statement in accordance with the Companies Act 2006 and applicable regulations, including the requirements of the Listing  
Rules and the Disclosure and Transparency Rules. 

On behalf of the Board

Martin Davey
Chairman

23 May 2017

Mark Bottomley 
Finance Director

82

Cranswick plc  Annual Report & Accounts 2017

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSINDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT TO THE MEMBERS OF CRANSWICK PLC

OUR OPINION ON THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
In our opinion:
•  Cranswick plc’s Group financial statements and Parent company financial statements (the ‘financial statements’) give a true and fair view  

of the state of the group’s and of the parent company’s affairs as at 31 March 2017 and of the group’s profit for the year then ended;

•  the group financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with IFRSs as adopted by the European Union; 
•  the parent company financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with IFRSs as adopted by the European Union  

as applied in accordance with the provisions of the Companies Act 2006; and

•  the group financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006, and, as regards  

the Group financial statements, Article 4 of the IAS Regulation.

WHAT WE HAVE AUDITED
Cranswick plc’s financial statements comprise:

Group

Parent company

Group balance sheet as at 31 March 2017

Company balance sheet as at 31 March 2017

Group income statement for the year then ended

Company statement of comprehensive income for the year then ended

Group statement of comprehensive income for the year then ended Company statement of changes in equity for the year then ended

Group statement of changes in equity for the year then ended

Company cash flow statement for the year then ended 

Group cash flow statement for the year then ended

Related notes 1 to 31 to the financial statements

Related notes 1 to 31 to the financial statements

The financial reporting framework that has been applied in their preparation is applicable law and International Financial Reporting Standards 
(IFRSs) as adopted by the European Union and, as regards the parent company financial statements, as applied in accordance with the 
provisions of the Companies Act 2006.

OVERVIEW OF OUR AUDIT APPROACH

Risks of material 
misstatement

Audit scope

•  Revenue recognition – cut off.
•  Completeness and existence of commercial accruals – rebates and similar agreements. 
•  Accounting for acquisitions.

•  We performed an audit of the complete financial information of 15 of the 17 components. 
•  The components where we performed full audit procedures accounted for 99% of Profit before tax,  

99% of Revenue and 97% of Total assets.

Materiality

•  Overall Group materiality of £3.8m (2016: £3.2m) which represents 5% (2016: 5%) of adjusted profit before 

tax excluding non-cash transactions and non-recurring charges.

OUR ASSESSMENT OF RISK OF MATERIAL MISSTATEMENT
We identified the risks of material misstatement described below as those that had the greatest effect on our overall audit strategy, the 
allocation of resources in the audit and the direction of the efforts of the audit team. In addressing these risks, we have performed the 
procedures below which were designed in the context of the financial statements as a whole and, consequently, we do not express any  
opinion on these individual areas.

Annual Report & Accounts 2017  Cranswick plc

83

Corporate GovernanceShareholder InformationStrategic ReportFinancial StatementsINDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT TO THE MEMBERS OF CRANSWICK PLC CONTINUED

What we concluded to  
the Audit Committee

We have concluded that 
revenue is appropriately 
recognised in the 
correct accounting 
period in accordance 
with IAS18 Revenue,  
and found no evidence 
of management bias.

We have concluded that 
the commercial accruals 
are appropriately 
recognised in the 
income statement and 
balance sheet and the 
disclosures included  
are appropriate in 
accordance with IAS18 
Revenue and IAS1 
Presentation of 
Financial Statements. 

Risk

Our response to the risk

Revenue recognition – cut off 
Revenue £1,245m (2016: £1,016m). 

The timing of when revenue is 
recognised is relevant to the 
reported performance of the 
Group. There is opportunity 
through management override  
to misstate the allocation of 
revenue between periods 
resulting in inappropriate cut off 
of revenue at the Balance Sheet 
date. There is also the risk of 
error. Therefore, there is risk that 
revenue could be under or 
over-stated.

Refer to the Audit Committee 
Report (page 53); Accounting 
policies (page 100); and Note 2  
of the Consolidated Financial 
Statements (page 99). 

Completeness and  
existence of commercial 
accruals – rebates and  
similar agreements 
Commercial Accruals £10.2m 
(2016: £8.2m) 

The Group’s pricing structure 
includes rebate and other similar 
arrangements (‘rebates’) with 
certain customers.

Commercial accruals include 
advertising and marketing 
contributions. Management 
exercise a degree of judgment in 
determining the valuation of the 
liability and the timing of when 
the liability should be recognised. 

Commercial accruals also include 
retrospective discounts based on 
volumes, which are mechanical in 
nature whereby the amount due 
is based on the quantity supplied 
in a specific period of time at a 
set amount per unit. These 
amounts require less judgement 
and estimation to determine the 
quantity supplied or the period in 
which the supply occurred.

As a result of these factors, there 
is risk of material misstatement.

Refer to the Audit Committee 
Report (page 53) and Accounting 
policies (page 99).

We gained an understanding of, and documented the key processes used  
to record revenue transactions and assessed the design effectiveness of  
the controls.

At certain locations we identified and performed testing over key revenue 
controls supplemented in all locations with detailed testing of transactions.

We performed analytical procedures over revenue in the year, comparing 
amounts recognised with our expectations and we corroborated any 
explanations provided in response to material variances noted. 

We performed detailed cut off testing of revenue transactions during the period 
either side of the balance sheet date with reference to delivery documentation. 
We also performed analytical testing procedures during that same period to 
establish whether cut off had been appropriately applied.

We performed correlation testing to agree revenue to trade receivables to cash 
receipted using our journal tool. This allowed us to audit 100% of the revenue 
transactions in the financial year. Any material journals or other unexpected 
transactions we identified which did not correlate to trade receivables and/or  
cash receipts were investigated to supporting documentation to verify the 
appropriateness of the entry.

We examined material journal entries that were posted to revenue accounts  
and obtained supporting evidence to ensure the appropriateness of 
revenue recognition. 

Applicable to all material rebates and other arrangements with customers:

We performed a walkthrough and gained an understanding and documented  
the procedures and controls in place over processes for recording rebate charges 
and liabilities and assessed the design effectiveness of controls.

We performed analytical review procedures to understand movements in income 
statement and balance sheet accounts between the current and prior periods, 
including ageing analysis and corroborated any unexpected and material variance 
to underlying source documentation.

We selected a sample of customers to send confirmations to verify the terms  
of the agreement. We issued 15 confirmation letters directly to customers in  
order to agree key terms of certain new and significant contracts entered into  
in the financial year where those contracts were consider material due to size, 
complexity or risk. We have received back 7 letters where customers confirmed 
the terms.

To ensure we obtained sufficient audit evidence in those instances where a 
response to the confirmation may not be received, for all items selected we also 
performed the following additional procedures: 

We agreed the balance to post year end payments or settlements against 
customer invoices.

We vouched a sample of rebate payments made and credit notes issued in  
the year to supporting documentation.

We reviewed the ageing of rebates to identify old balances that remained 
unclaimed and we also compared amounts paid to the amounts previously 
provided, in order to gain assurance over the accuracy of historic balances.

We tested the completeness of amounts provided by reference to the Group’s 
customer base. Using the data extracted from the accounting system, we tested 
the appropriateness of material journal entries and other adjustments posted to 
the over-rider income statement accounts.

We audited management’s disclosure within Note 20 in respect of supplier 
arrangement amounts recorded in the income statement and balance sheet.

84

Cranswick plc  Annual Report & Accounts 2017

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSWhat we concluded to  
the Audit Committee

We have concluded  
that the provisional 
acquisition accounting 
is appropriately 
calculated and 
recognised correctly. 

The fair value of assets 
and liabilities acquired 
has been recognised 
and disclosed in 
accordance with IFRS3 
Business Combinations.

Risk

Our response to the risk

Accounting for acquisitions
Consideration £58.1m (2016: £nil). 

There have been two acquisitions 
during the financial year; CCL 
Holdings Limited and its 
subsidiary Crown Chicken 
Limited and Dunbia Ballymena. 
The accounting for acquisitions 
under IFRS3 can be complex and 
require significant judgement. 
The recognition and valuation  
of assets and liabilities acquired, 
such as customer relationships 
and other intangible assets,  
is inherently complex and 
judgmental. As a result there  
is a risk of material misstatement 
to the fair value allocated to 
assets and liabilities acquired 
including intangible assets.

Refer to the Audit Committee 
Report (page 53) and 
Accounting policies (page 100).

For each transaction, we performed the following procedures: 

We obtained and understood the sale and purchase agreement to understand 
the terms and conditions of the agreements to ensure the accounting treatment 
under IFRS3 is consistent with the terms of the agreement. 

We obtained management’s assessment of separately identifiable intangible 
assets arising on acquisition and their fair value. We audited this assessment to 
ensure all material separately identifiable intangible assets were recognised on 
acquisition based on our understanding of the business acquired, the terms of the 
agreement and the guidance in IFRS3. We evaluated the existence of any further 
material intangible assets that were not initially recognised by management. 

With the assistance of our valuations specialists we tested the most significant 
assumptions used to determine the valuation, which included the discount rate, 
forecast revenues and margin, and customer churn. This included performing 
sensitivity analysis on these assumptions to quantify the potential impact of 
movements in discount rate, growth rates and customer churn. We validated  
the inputs to the assumptions, such as the discount factor, and corroborated 
these to external sources where appropriate and management’s internally 
approved budgets.

We have tested how the model calculates the Weighted Average Cost of Capital, 
the carrying value of the assets and the discounted cash flows in order to gain 
assurance over the formulas in the model. We audited the appropriateness  
of the allocation of the purchase price, including the fair value of assets and  
liabilities acquired in addition to the fair value of intangible assets recognised  
on acquisition.

We have considered the completeness of fair value adjustments recognised 
based on events subsequent to the transaction date. 

We evaluated the accounting treatment of contingent consideration to ensure 
that it is appropriate. We obtained management’s calculation of the amounts 
payable, verified the calculations were appropriately performed, validated inputs 
to the sale and purchase agreement and external sources as appropriate to 
ensure the recognition of this element of total consideration was in accordance 
with IFRS 3.

We have removed the risk presented in the 2016 Audit Report relating to the impairment of goodwill. Following the disposal of the Sandwiches 
business in the year there is significant headroom in the remaining Cash Generating Units in the Group and we have therefore determined 
there not to be a material risk of misstatement in respect of goodwill impairment.

Annual Report & Accounts 2017  Cranswick plc

85

Corporate GovernanceShareholder InformationStrategic ReportFinancial StatementsINDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT TO THE MEMBERS OF CRANSWICK PLC CONTINUED

THE SCOPE OF OUR AUDIT
Tailoring the scope
Our assessment of audit risk, our evaluation of materiality and our allocation of performance materiality determine our audit scope for  
each entity within the Group. Taken together, this enables us to form an opinion on the Group financial statements. We take into account  
size, risk profile, the organisation of the Group and effectiveness of Group-wide controls when assessing the level of work to be performed  
at each entity.

In assessing the risk of material misstatement to the Group financial statements, and to ensure we had adequate quantitative coverage of 
significant accounts in the financial statements, of the 17 reporting components (2016: 15 reporting components) of the Group, we selected  
15 components (2016: 14 components), which represent the principal business units within the Group.

Of the 15 components selected, we performed an audit of the complete financial information on all 15 components (‘full scope components’) 
which were selected based on their size or risk characteristics. 

The full scope reporting components where we performed audit procedures accounted for 99% (2016: 99%) of the Group’s adjusted profit 
before tax measure used to calculate materiality. 99% (2016: 100%) of the Group’s Revenue and 97% (2016: 98%) of the Group’s Total assets. 
Adjusted Profit before tax excludes non-cash transactions and non-recurring charges as they are not appropriate for evaluating the financial 
performance of the Group in the year.

Of the remaining 2 components that together represent 1% of the Group’s adjusted Profit before tax excluding impairment of goodwill  
and non-recurring charges, we performed analytical procedures to respond to any potential risks of material misstatement to the Group 
financial statements.

The charts below illustrate the coverage obtained from the work performed by our audit teams.

Profit before tax

Revenue

Total assets

1%

99%

  Full scope components
  Other procedures

1%

99%

3%

97%

Changes from the prior year 
As a result of the acquisition of CCL Holdings Limited and its trading subsidiary Crown Chicken Limited, the acquisition of Dunbia Ballymena 
and the disposal in the period of The Sandwich Factory Holdings Limited, there was a net increase of 1 entity in scope for Group reporting.

Involvement with component teams 
All audit work performed for the purposes of the audit was undertaken by the Group audit team.

OUR APPLICATION OF MATERIALITY 
We apply the concept of materiality in planning and performing the audit, in evaluating the effect of identified misstatements on the audit  
and in forming our audit opinion. 

Materiality
The magnitude of an omission or misstatement that, individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to influence the economic 
decisions of the users of the financial statements. Materiality provides a basis for determining the nature and extent of our audit procedures.

We determined materiality for the Group to be £3.8 million (2016: £3.2 million), which is 5% (2016: 5%) of Adjusted Profit before tax. Adjusted 
Profit before tax excludes the impact of fair value adjustments (IAS41 fair value movements), non-cash transactions not directly linked to 
operating performance (amortisation of customer relationship intangible assets) and one off, non-recurring charges (gain on disposal of  
a subsidiary in 2017 and impairment of goodwill in 2016). Profit before tax as reported in the Income Statement is from continuing operations 
only and already excludes the gain on disposal of a subsidiary in the period of £4.5m. 

86

Cranswick plc  Annual Report & Accounts 2017

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSAdjusted Profit before tax therefore provides an appropriate basis for evaluating the financial performance of the Group in the year.

STARTING BASIS

•  Reported profit before tax from continuing operations – £77.5m

ADJUSTMENTS

• 
IAS41 fair value adjustment gain £4.1m (2016 charge £0.9m)
•  Non-recurring gains £nil (2016 impairment of goodwill £4.6m) 
•  Amortisation of customer relationships £2.1m (2016 £1.4m) 

MATERIALITY

•  Adjusted profit before tax excluding impairment of goodwill and non-recurring charges £75.5m
•  Materiality of £3.8m (5% of materiality basis)

Performance materiality
The application of materiality at the individual account or balance level. It is set at an amount to reduce to an appropriately low level the 
probability that the aggregate of uncorrected and undetected misstatements exceeds materiality.

On the basis of our risk assessments, together with our assessment of the Group’s overall control environment, our judgement was that 
performance materiality was 75% (2016: 75%) of our planning materiality, namely £2.8m (2016: £2.4m). We have set performance materiality  
at this percentage due to the past history of misstatements indicating a lower risk of misstatement in the financial statements.

Audit work at component locations for the purpose of obtaining audit coverage over significant financial statement accounts is undertaken 
based on a percentage of total performance materiality. The performance materiality set for each component is based on the relative scale  
and risk of the component to the Group as a whole and our assessment of the risk of misstatement at that component. In the current year,  
the range of performance materiality allocated to components was £0.1m to £1.6m (2016: £0.2m to £1.4m). 

Reporting threshold
An amount below which identified misstatements are considered as being clearly trivial.

We agreed with the Audit Committee that we would report to them all uncorrected audit differences in excess of £0.2m (2016: £0.2m), which  
is set at 5% of planning materiality, as well as differences below that threshold that, in our view, warranted reporting on qualitative grounds.

We evaluate any uncorrected misstatements against both the quantitative measures of materiality discussed above and in light of other 
relevant qualitative considerations in forming our opinion.

SCOPE OF THE AUDIT OF THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
An audit involves obtaining evidence about the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements sufficient to give reasonable assurance 
that the financial statements are free from material misstatement, whether caused by fraud or error. This includes an assessment of: whether 
the accounting policies are appropriate to the Group’s and the parent company’s circumstances and have been consistently applied and 
adequately disclosed; the reasonableness of significant accounting estimates made by the directors; and the overall presentation of the 
financial statements. In addition, we read all the financial and non-financial information in the Annual Report and Accounts to identify material 
inconsistencies with the audited financial statements and to identify any information that is apparently materially incorrect based on, or 
materially inconsistent with, the knowledge acquired by us in the course of performing the audit. If we become aware of any apparent  
material misstatements or inconsistencies we consider the implications for our report.

RESPECTIVE RESPONSIBILITIES OF DIRECTORS AND AUDITOR
As explained more fully in the Directors’ Responsibilities Statement set out on page 81, the directors are responsible for the preparation of  
the financial statements and for being satisfied that they give a true and fair view. Our responsibility is to audit and express an opinion on the 
financial statements in accordance with applicable law and International Standards on Auditing (UK and Ireland). Those standards require us  
to comply with the Auditing Practices Board’s Ethical Standards for Auditors.

This report is made solely to the company’s members, as a body, in accordance with Chapter 3 of Part 16 of the Companies Act 2006. Our audit 
work has been undertaken so that we might state to the company’s members those matters we are required to state to them in an auditor’s 
report and for no other purpose. To the fullest extent permitted by law, we do not accept or assume responsibility to anyone other than the 
company and the company’s members as a body, for our audit work, for this report, or for the opinions we have formed. 

Annual Report & Accounts 2017  Cranswick plc

87

Corporate GovernanceShareholder InformationStrategic ReportFinancial Statements 
INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT TO THE MEMBERS OF CRANSWICK PLC CONTINUED

OPINION ON OTHER MATTERS PRESCRIBED BY THE COMPANIES ACT 2006
In our opinion:
•  the part of the Remuneration Committee Report to be audited has been properly prepared in accordance with the Companies Act  

2006; and

•  based on the work undertaken in the course of the audit: 

 – the information given in the Strategic Report and the Directors’ Report for the financial year for which the financial statements  

are prepared is consistent with the financial statements

 – the Strategic Report and the Directors’ Report have been prepared in accordance with applicable legal requirements; 

MATTERS ON WHICH WE ARE REQUIRED TO REPORT BY EXCEPTION

ISAs (UK and Ireland)  
reporting

We are required to report to you if, in our opinion, financial and 
non-financial information in the annual report is: 
•  materially inconsistent with the information in the audited financial 

We have no exceptions to report.

statements; or 

•  apparently materially incorrect based on, or materially inconsistent 

with, our knowledge of the Group acquired in the course of 
performing our audit; or 

•  otherwise misleading. 

In particular, we are required to report whether we have identified any 
inconsistencies between our knowledge acquired in the course of 
performing the audit and the directors’ statement that they consider  
the annual report and accounts taken as a whole is fair, balanced  
and understandable and provides the information necessary for 
shareholders to assess the entity’s performance, business model and 
strategy; and whether the annual report appropriately addresses those 
matters that we communicated to the audit committee that we consider 
should have been disclosed.

In light of the knowledge and understanding of the Company and its 
environment obtained in the course of the audit, we have identified no 
material misstatements in the Strategic Report or Directors’ Report.

We are required to report to you if, in our opinion:
•  adequate accounting records have not been kept by the parent 

company, or returns adequate for our audit have not been received 
from branches not visited by us; or

•  the parent company financial statements and the part of the 
Remuneration Committee Report to be audited are not in 
agreement with the accounting records and returns; or

•  certain disclosures of directors’ remuneration specified by law  

are not made; or

•  we have not received all the information and explanations we require 

for our audit.

We are required to review:
•  the directors’ statement in relation to going concern, set out on 

page 82, and longer-term viability, set out on page 40; and

•  the part of the Corporate Governance Statement relating to the 
company’s compliance with the provisions of the UK Corporate 
Governance Code specified for our review.

We have no exceptions to report.

We have no exceptions to report.

Companies Act 2006 
reporting

Listing Rules review 
requirements

88

Cranswick plc  Annual Report & Accounts 2017

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSSTATEMENT ON THE DIRECTORS’ ASSESSMENT OF THE PRINCIPAL RISKS THAT WOULD THREATEN THE SOLVENCY  
OR LIQUIDITY OF THE ENTITY

ISAs (UK and Ireland)  
reporting

We have nothing material to add 
or to draw attention to.

We are required to give a statement as to whether we have anything 
material to add or to draw attention to in relation to:
•  the directors’ confirmation in the annual report that they have  
carried out a robust assessment of the principal risks facing the 
entity, including those that would threaten its business model,  
future performance, solvency or liquidity;

•  the disclosures in the annual report that describe those risks and 

explain how they are being managed or mitigated;

•  the directors’ statement in the financial statements about whether 
they considered it appropriate to adopt the going concern basis of 
accounting in preparing them, and their identification of any material 
uncertainties to the entity’s ability to continue to do so over a period 
of at least twelve months from the date of approval of the financial 
statements; and

•  the directors’ explanation in the annual report as to how they have 
assessed the prospects of the entity, over what period they have 
done so and why they consider that period to be appropriate, and 
their statement as to whether they have a reasonable expectation 
that the entity will be able to continue in operation and meet its 
liabilities as they fall due over the period of their assessment, 
including any related disclosures drawing attention to any necessary 
qualifications or assumptions.

Alistair Denton (Senior statutory auditor)
for and on behalf of Ernst & Young LLP, Statutory Auditor
Hull

23 May 2017

Notes:
1.  The maintenance and integrity of the Cranswick plc web site is the responsibility of the directors; the work carried out by the auditors does 
not involve consideration of these matters and, accordingly, the auditors accept no responsibility for any changes that may have occurred  
to the financial statements since they were initially presented on the web site.

2.  Legislation in the United Kingdom governing the preparation and dissemination of financial statements may differ from legislation in  

other jurisdictions.

Annual Report & Accounts 2017  Cranswick plc

89

Corporate GovernanceShareholder InformationStrategic ReportFinancial StatementsNotes

2017  
£’000

2016  
£’000

3

16

12

4

6

6

7

8

11

11

11

11

11

11

11

11

1,245,058

1,016,314

76,118

4,116

(2,108)

78,126

–

(639)

77,487

(15,145)

62,342

65,056

(951)

(1,396)

62,709

1

(640)

62,070

(13,022)

49,048

4,836

67,178

(3,653)

45,395

124.2p

123.7p

120.9p

120.4p

133.8p

133.3p

121.5p

121.0p

98.9p

98.5p

102.8p

102.4p

91.5p

91.2p

104.7p

104.4p

GROUP INCOME STATEMENT
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 MARCH 2017

Revenue

Adjusted Group operating profit

Net IAS 41 valuation movement on biological assets

Amortisation of customer relationship intangible assets

Group operating profit

Finance revenue

Finance costs

Profit before tax

Taxation

Profit for the year from continuing operations

Discontinued operations:

Profit/(loss) for the year from discontinued operations

Profit for the year

Earnings per share (pence)

On profit for the year from continuing operations:

Basic

Diluted

On adjusted profit for the year from continuing operations:

Basic

Diluted

On profit for the year:

Basic

Diluted

On adjusted profit for the year:

Basic

Diluted

90

Cranswick plc  Annual Report & Accounts 2017

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSGROUP STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME 
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 MARCH 2017

Profit for the year

Other comprehensive income

Other comprehensive income to be reclassified to profit or loss in subsequent periods:

Cash flow hedges

Gains arising in the year

Reclassification adjustments for (gains)/losses included in the income statement

Income tax effect

Net other comprehensive income to be reclassified to profit or loss in subsequent periods

Items not to be reclassified to profit or loss in subsequent periods:

Actuarial (losses)/gains on defined benefit pension scheme

Income tax effect

Net other comprehensive income not to be reclassified to profit or loss in subsequent periods

Other comprehensive income, net of tax

Total comprehensive income, net of tax

Notes

2017  
£’000

67,178

2016  
£’000

45,395

21

21

7

26

7

286

(61)

(37)

188

(6,306)

1,287

(5,019)

(4,831)

62,347

61

210

(52)

219

14

(3)

11

230

45,625

COMPANY STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 MARCH 2017

Company profit for the year of £25,317,000 (2016: £15,105,000) was equal to total comprehensive income for the year attributable to owners  
of the parent in both years.

Annual Report & Accounts 2017  Cranswick plc

91

Corporate GovernanceShareholder InformationStrategic ReportFinancial StatementsGROUP BALANCE SHEET 
AT 31 MARCH 2017

Non-current assets

Intangible assets

Property, plant and equipment

Biological assets

Total non-current assets

Current assets

Biological assets

Inventories

Trade and other receivables

Financial assets

Cash and short-term deposits

Total current assets

Total assets

Current liabilities

Trade and other payables

Financial liabilities

Provisions

Income tax payable

Total current liabilities

Non-current liabilities

Other payables

Financial liabilities

Deferred tax liabilities

Provisions

Defined benefit pension scheme deficit

Total non-current liabilities

Total liabilities

Net assets

Equity

Called-up share capital

Share premium account

Share-based payments

Hedging reserve

Retained earnings

Equity attributable to owners of the parent

On behalf of the Board

Martin Davey
Chairman

23 May 2017

Mark Bottomley 
Finance Director

92

Cranswick plc  Annual Report & Accounts 2017

Notes

2017  
£’000

2016  
£’000

12

13

16

16

17

18

19

27

20

21

22

20

21

7

22

26

24

158,487

215,660

953

375,100

18,656

62,163

150,620

286

4,107

235,832

610,932

139,674

178,477

537

318,688

10,530

46,163

116,799

61

17,817

191,370

510,058

(144,497)

(121,764)

(5,391)

(60)

(7,253)

(157,201)

(1,116)

(15,987)

(2,887)

(2,831)

(9,521)

(32,342)

(189,543)

421,389

5,047

74,751

16,683

238

324,670

421,389

–

(60)

(6,507)

(128,331)

(1,340)

(4,687)

(1,781)

(1,467)

(4,449)

(13,724)

(142,055)

368,003

4,984

69,014

13,033

50

280,922

368,003

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSCOMPANY BALANCE SHEET 
AT 31 MARCH 2017

Non-current assets

Property, plant and equipment 

Investments in subsidiary undertakings

Deferred tax assets

Total non-current assets

Current assets

Trade and other receivables

Cash and short-term deposits

Total current assets

Total assets

Current liabilities

Trade and other payables

Provisions

Income tax payable

Total current liabilities

Non-current liabilities

Financial liabilities

Provisions

Total non-current liabilities

Total liabilities

Net assets

Equity

Called-up share capital

Share premium account

General reserve

Merger reserve

Share-based payments

Retained earnings

The Company’s profit for the year was £25,317,000 (2016: £15,105,000). 

On behalf of the Board

Martin Davey
Chairman

23 May 2017

Mark Bottomley 
Finance Director

Notes

2017  
£’000

2016  
£’000

13

14

7

18

27

20

22

21

22

24

566

161,474

1,140

163,180

39,450

1,985

41,435

204,615

569

163,166

983

164,718

36,162

2,175

38,337

203,055

(51,218)

(80,617)

(60)

(870)

(60)

(592)

(52,148)

(81,269)

(14,995)

(663)

(15,658)

(67,806)

136,809

5,047

74,751

4,000

1,806

16,683

34,522

136,809

–

(650)

(650)

(81,919)

121,136

4,984

69,014

4,000

1,806

13,033

28,299

121,136

Annual Report & Accounts 2017  Cranswick plc

93

Corporate GovernanceShareholder InformationStrategic ReportFinancial StatementsGROUP STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS 
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 MARCH 2017

Operating activities

Profit for the year

Adjustments to reconcile Group profit for the year to net cash inflows from operating activities:

Notes

2017  
£’000

2016  
£’000

67,178

45,395

Income tax expense

Net finance costs

Gain on sale of property, plant and equipment

Depreciation of property, plant and equipment

Amortisation of intangible assets

Impairment of goodwill

Profit on sale of business

Share-based payments

Difference between pension contributions paid and amounts recognised in the income statement

Release of government grants

Net IAS 41 valuation movement on biological assets

Decrease/(increase) in biological assets

(Increase)/decrease in inventories

(Increase)/decrease in trade and other receivables

Increase in trade and other payables

Cash generated from operations

Tax paid

Net cash from operating activities

Cash flows from investing activities

Interest received

Acquisition of subsidiaries, net of cash acquired

Purchase of property, plant and equipment

Receipt of government grants

Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment

Proceeds from sale of discontinued operations, net of cash surrendered

Net cash used in investing activities

Cash flows from financing activities

Interest paid

Proceeds from issue of share capital

Issue costs of long term borrowings

Repayment of borrowings

Proceeds from borrowings

Dividends paid

Repayment of capital element of finance leases and hire purchase contracts

Net cash from/(used in) financing activities

Net (decrease)/increase in cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

94

Cranswick plc  Annual Report & Accounts 2017

7

13

12

12

8

15

8

27

27

27

15,219

604

(117)

27,715

2,108

–

(4,539)

3,650

(1,234)

(215)

(4,116)

379

(14,623)

(24,914)

20,607

87,702

(14,812)

72,890

–

(56,042)

(46,969)

–

517

15,524

(86,970)

(528)

788

(1,096)

–

16,000

(14,565)

(229)

370

(13,710)

17,817

4,107

13,276

536

(76)

21,224

1,396

4,635

–

2,791

(1,160)

(128)

951

(229)

2,962

841

5,382

97,796

(13,962)

83,834

1

–

(34,295)

229

538

–

(33,527)

(444) 

606

–

(22,000)

–

(14,593) 

–

(36,431)

13,876

3,941

17,817

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSCOMPANY STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS 
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 MARCH 2017

Operating activities

Profit for the year 

Adjustments to reconcile Company profit for the year to net cash inflows from operating activities:

Dividends received

Income tax expense

Net finance cost

Depreciation of property, plant and equipment

Reduction in carrying value of investment

Share-based payments

Increase in trade and other receivables

(Decrease)/increase in trade and other payables

Cash generated from operations

Tax paid

Net cash (used in)/from operating activities

Cash flows from investing activities

Dividends received

Purchase of property, plant and equipment

Net cash from investing activities

Cash flows from financing activities

Interest paid

Proceeds from issue of share capital

Issue costs of long term borrowings

Repayment of borrowings

Proceeds from new borrowings

Dividends paid 

Net cash used in financing activities

Net (decrease)/increase in cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

Notes

2017  
£’000

2016  
£’000

25,317

15,105

(24,902)

(14,593)

1,918

4,797

34

3,869

1,470

(3,098)

(29,499)

(20,094)

(1,311)

(21,405)

24,902

(31)

24,871

(4,783)

788

(1,096)

–

16,000

(14,565)

(3,656)

(190)

2,175

1,985

906

4,671

23

–

1,072

(6,048)

28,937

30,073

(513)

29,560

14,593

(44)

14,549

(4,640)

606

–

(22,000)

–

(14,593)

(40,627)

3,482

(1,307)

2,175

13

14

27

27

27

Annual Report & Accounts 2017  Cranswick plc

95

Corporate GovernanceShareholder InformationStrategic ReportFinancial StatementsGROUP STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 MARCH 2017

At 31 March 2015

Profit for the year

Other comprehensive income

Total comprehensive income

Share-based payments

Scrip dividend

Share options exercised (proceeds)

Dividends

Deferred tax related to changes in equity

Current tax related to changes in equity

Share  
capital  
Note (a)  
£’000

4,926

Share  
premium  
Note (b)  
£’000

65,689

Share-based 
payments  
Note (e)  
£’000

10,242

Hedging  
reserve  
Note (f)  
£’000

(169)

–

–

–

–

16

42

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

2,761

564

–

–

–

–

–

–

2,791

–

–

–

–

–

At 31 March 2016

4,984

69,014

13,033

Profit for the year

Other comprehensive income

Total comprehensive income

Share-based payments

Scrip dividend

Share options exercised (proceeds)

Dividends

Deferred tax related to changes in equity

Current tax related to changes in equity

–

–

–

–

23

40

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

4,989

748

–

–

–

–

–

–

3,650

–

–

–

–

–

Retained 
earnings  
£’000

251,685

45,395

11

45,406

–

–

–

Total  
equity  
£’000

332,373

45,395

230

45,625

2,791

2,777

606

(17,370)

(17,370)

343

858

343

858

280,922

368,003

67,178

(5,019)

62,159

–

–

–

67,178

(4,831)

62,347

3,650

5,012

788

(19,577)

(19,577)

112

1,054

112

1,054

–

219

219

–

–

–

–

–

–

50

–

188

188

–

–

–

–

–

–

At 31 March 2017

5,047

74,751

16,683

238

324,670

421,389

96

Cranswick plc  Annual Report & Accounts 2017

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSCOMPANY STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 MARCH 2017

Share  
capital  
Note (a) 
£’000

Share 
premium 
Note (b) 
£’000

General 
reserve  
Note (c) 
£’000

Merger 
reserve  
Note (d) 
£’000

Share-based 
payments 
Note (e) 
£’000

Retained 
earnings 
£’000

Total  
equity  
£’000

At 31 March 2015

4,926

65,689

4,000

1,806

10,242

30,119

116,782

Profit for the year, being total comprehensive income

Share-based payments

Scrip dividend

Share options exercised (proceeds)

Dividends

Deferred tax related to changes in equity

Current tax related to changes in equity

–

–

16

42

–

–

–

–

–

2,761

564

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

15,105

15,105

2,791

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

2,791

2,777

606

(17,370)

(17,370)

140

305

140

305

At 31 March 2016

4,984

69,014

4,000

1,806

13,033

28,299

121,136

Profit for the year, being total comprehensive income

Share-based payments

Scrip dividend

Share options exercised (proceeds)

Dividends

Deferred tax related to changes in equity

Current tax related to changes in equity

At 31 March 2017

Notes:
a)  Share capital

–

–

23

40

–

–

–

–

–

4,989

748

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

25,317

25,317

3,650

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

3,650

5,012

788

(19,577)

(19,577)

49

434

49

434

5,047

74,751

4,000

1,806

16,683

34,522

136,809

The balance classified as share capital represents the nominal value of ordinary 10 pence shares issued.

b)  Share premium

The balance classified as share premium includes the net proceeds in excess of nominal value on issue of the Company’s equity share capital, comprising 10 pence 
ordinary shares.
c)  General reserve

This reserve arose in 1993 when the High Court of Justice granted permission to reduce the Company’s share premium account by £4,000,000 which was credited to a 
separate reserve named the general reserve.

d)  Merger reserve
  Where shares have been issued as consideration for acquisitions, the value of shares issued in excess of nominal value has been credited to the merger reserve rather than 

to the share premium account.
e)  Share-based payments reserve

This reserve records the fair value of share-based payments expensed in the income statement, and in the case of the Company in relation to share-based payments to 
employees of subsidiary companies, capital contributions to cost of investments (Note 25).

f)  Hedging reserve

This reserve records the portion of the gain or loss on a hedging instrument in a cash flow hedge that is determined to be an effective hedge.

Annual Report & Accounts 2017  Cranswick plc

97

Corporate GovernanceShareholder InformationStrategic ReportFinancial Statements 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE ACCOUNTS

1.  AUTHORISATION OF FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND STATEMENT OF COMPLIANCE WITH IFRSs
The Group and Company financial statements of Cranswick plc (the ‘Company’) for the year ended 31 March 2017 were authorised for issue  
by the Board of Directors on 23 May 2017 and the balance sheets were signed on the Board’s behalf by Martin Davey and Mark Bottomley. 
Cranswick plc is a public limited company incorporated and domiciled in England and Wales (Company number: 1074383, registered office:  
74 Helsinki Road, Hull, HU7 0YW). The Company’s ordinary shares are traded on the London Stock Exchange.

The Group’s financial statements have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as adopted by  
the European Union. The Company’s financial statements have been prepared in accordance with IFRS as adopted by the European Union  
and as applied in accordance with the provisions of the Companies Act 2006. The principal accounting policies adopted by the Group and  
by the Company are set out in Note 2.

The Company has taken advantage of the exemption provided under section 408 of the Companies Act 2006 not to publish its individual 
income statement and related notes.

2.  ACCOUNTING POLICIES
Basis of preparation
The financial statements of Cranswick plc, both consolidated and Company, have been prepared under IFRS as adopted by the European 
Union and in accordance with the Companies Act 2006. A summary of the principal accounting policies, which have been consistently applied 
throughout the year and the preceding year, is below.

The comparative information has been restated in accordance with IFRS 5 to reflect operations classified as discontinued during the year.

Basis of consolidation
The Group financial statements consolidate the financial statements of Cranswick plc and its subsidiaries. The results of undertakings acquired 
or sold are consolidated for the periods from the date of acquisition or up to the date of disposal. Acquisitions are accounted for under the 
acquisition method of accounting.

The consolidated financial statements comprise the financial statements of the Group and its subsidiaries as at 31 March 2017. Control is 
achieved when the Group is exposed, or has rights, to variable returns from its involvement with the investee and has the ability to affect those 
returns through its power over the investee.

Specifically, the Group controls an investee if and only if the Group has:
•  power over the investee (i.e. existing rights that give it the current ability to direct the relevant activities of the investee);
•  exposure, or right, to variable returns from its involvement with the investee; and
•  the ability to use its power over the investee to affect its returns.

The Group re-assesses whether or not it controls an investee if facts and circumstances indicate that there are changes to one or more of the 
three elements of control. Consolidation of a subsidiary begins when the Group obtains control over the subsidiary and ceases when the Group 
loses control of the subsidiary. Assets, liabilities, income and expenses of a subsidiary acquired or disposed of during the year are included in 
the statement of comprehensive income from the date the Group gains control until the date the Group ceases to control the subsidiary.

When necessary, adjustments are made to the financial statements of subsidiaries to bring their accounting policies into line with the Group’s 
accounting policies. All intra-Group assets and liabilities, equity, income, expenses and cash flows relating to transactions between members 
of the Group are eliminated in full on consolidation.

Judgements and key sources of estimation uncertainty
The preparation of the Group financial statements requires management to make judgements, estimates and assumptions that affect the 
amounts reported for assets and liabilities as at the balance sheet date and the amounts reported for revenues and expenses during the year.

In the process of applying the Group’s accounting policies, management has made the following estimations, which have the most significant 
effect on the amounts recognised in the financial statements:

Significant estimates and assumptions:
Share-based payments

Pensions

Acquisitions

Biological assets

Note 25 – measurement of share-based payments.
The fair value of share-based payments is estimated using inputs including expected share price volatility, 
the expected life of the options and the number of awards that will ultimately vest.
Note 26 – pension scheme actuarial assumptions.
The valuation of the defined benefit pension scheme is determined using assumptions including mortality, 
discount rates and inflation.
 Note 15 – fair value adjustments on acquisition include the valuation of intangible assets with inputs based 
on discount rate, sales growth and customer churn assumptions.
Note 16 – valuation includes assumptions in relation to mortality and growth rate.

98

Cranswick plc  Annual Report & Accounts 2017

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSSignificant judgements:
Share-based payments

Alternative measures

Commercial accruals
(Advertising and  
marketing contributions)

Note 25 – measurement of share-based payments.
The selection of valuation models requires the use of management’s judgement. The fair value of share-
based payments is estimated as at the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model.
Note 31 – alternative performance measures.
Management apply judgement to identify the significant non-cash items to exclude when calculating 
adjusted performance measures. The Board believe alternative measures are useful as they exclude 
volatile, one-off and non-cash items.
Note 20 – trade and other payables.
The level of commercial accruals is viewed by management as an area sensitive to a moderate level  
of judgement in determining the timing and quantum of liabilities to be recognised.

Other estimates and judgements have been applied by management in producing the Annual Report and Accounts including, but not limited 
to, depreciation and amortisation rates, and provision for impairment of trade receivables. However, these are not considered to have a 
significant risk of material adjustment.

New standards and interpretations applied
The following accounting standards and interpretations became effective for the current reporting period:

International Accounting Standards (IAS/IFRSs)
Annual Improvements to IFRSs 2012-2014 Cycle
IFRS 10
IFRS 12 
IAS 1
IAS 19 
IAS 27
IAS 38

Consolidated Financial Statements (amendment) – application of consolidation exemption
Disclosures of Interests in Other Entities (amendment)
Presentation of Financial Statements (amendment)
Employee Benefits (amendment)
Separate Financial Statements (amendment)
Intangible Assets (amendment)

Effective date
1 January 2016
1 January 2016
1 January 2016
1 January 2016
1 January 2016
1 January 2016
1 January 2016

The application of these standards has not had a material effect on the net assets, results and disclosures of the Group.

New standards and interpretations not applied
The IASB and IFRIC have issued a number of new standards and interpretations with an effective date after the date of these financial statements. 
The Directors are in the process of assessing the impact on the Group’s and Company’s financial statements (in particular IFRS 9 and IFRS 15) and 
do not consider that those standards which became effective on 1 January 2017 will have a material effect on the net assets, results and 
disclosures of the Group. The standards not applied are as follows:

International Accounting Standards (IAS/IFRSs)
Annual improvements to IFRSs 2014-2016 Cycle
IFRS 2
IFRS 9
IFRS 15 
IFRS 16
IAS 7
IAS 12
IAS 28
IFRIC 22

Classification and Measurement of Share-based Payment Transactions 
Financial Instruments 
Revenue from Contracts with Customers (including amendments)
Leases
Statement of Cash Flows (amendment) 
Income Taxes (amendment)
Investment in Associates (amendment)
Foreign Currency Transactions and Advance Consideration

Effective date*
1 January 2017
1 January 2018
1 January 2018
1 January 2018
1 January 2019
1 January 2017
1 January 2017
1 January 2018
1 January 2018

*   The effective dates stated above are those given in the original IASB/IFRIC standards and interpretations. As the Group prepares its financial statements in accordance  
with IFRS as adopted by the European Union, the application of new standards and interpretations will be subject to their having been endorsed for use in the EU via the  
EU Endorsement mechanism. In the majority of cases this will result in an effective date consistent with that given in the original standard or interpretation but the need for 
endorsement restricts the Group’s discretion to early adopt standards. The Group has not early adopted any of the above standards. 

Revenue
Revenue is recognised to the extent it is probable that the economic benefits will flow to the Group and the revenue and any associated costs 
can be measured reliably. Revenue on the sale of goods is recognised when the significant risks and rewards of ownership of the goods have 
passed to the buyer on despatch and represents the value of sales to customers net of discounts, similar allowances and estimates of returns 
and excludes value added tax.
Sales related discounts and similar allowances comprise (commercial accruals):
•  Volume rebates and similar allowances – which are sales incentives to customers to encourage them to purchase increased volumes and are 

related to total volumes purchased and sales growth.

•  Advertising and marketing contributions – which are directly related to promotions run by customers.

Annual Report & Accounts 2017  Cranswick plc

99

Corporate GovernanceShareholder InformationStrategic ReportFinancial StatementsNOTES TO THE ACCOUNTS CONTINUED

2.  ACCOUNTING POLICIES CONTINUED
For commercial accruals that must be earned, management make estimates related to customer performance, sales volume and agreed terms, 
to determine total amounts earned and to be recorded in deductions from revenue. (See significant judgments above, and Note 20).

Alternative performance measures
The Board monitors performance principally through the adjusted performance measures. Adjusted profit and earnings per share measures 
exclude certain non-cash items including the net IAS 41 valuation movement on biological assets, amortisation of acquired intangible assets, 
profit on sale of a business and goodwill impairment charges. Free cash flow is defined as net cash from operating activities less interest paid 
and like-for-like revenue is defined as total revenue less revenue from entities acquired during the year.

The Board believes that such alternative measures are useful as they exclude volatile (net IAS 41 valuation movement on biological assets), 
one-off (impairment of goodwill and profit on sale of a business) and non-cash (amortisation of intangible assets) items which are normally 
disregarded by investors, analysts and brokers in gaining a clearer understanding of the underlying performance of the Group when making 
investment and other decisions. Equally, like-for-like revenue provides these same stakeholders with a clearer understanding of the organic 
sales growth of the business. (Reconciliations of alternative performance measures can be found in Note 31).

Taxation
Current tax assets and liabilities are measured at the amount expected to be recovered from or paid to the taxation authorities, based on tax 
rates and laws that are enacted or substantively enacted by the balance sheet date. Deferred tax is provided on temporary differences at the 
balance sheet date between the tax base of assets and liabilities and their carrying amounts for financial reporting purposes.

Deferred income tax liabilities are recognised for all taxable temporary differences:
i)  except where the deferred income tax liability arises from the initial recognition of goodwill or the initial recognition of an asset or liability  
in a transaction that is not a business combination and, at the time of the transaction, affects neither accounting profit nor taxable profit  
or loss; and

ii)  in respect of taxable temporary differences associated with investments in subsidiaries, except where the timing of the reversal of the 
temporary differences can be controlled and it is probable that the temporary differences will not reverse in the foreseeable future.

Deferred income tax assets are recognised for all deductible temporary differences, carry-forward of unused tax assets and unused tax losses, 
to the extent that it is probable that the temporary differences will reverse in the foreseeable future and taxable profits will be available against 
which the temporary differences can be utilised:
i)  except where the deferred income tax asset relating to the deductible temporary difference arises from the initial recognition of an asset  
or a liability in a transaction that is not a business combination and, at the time of the transaction, affects neither the accounting profit nor 
taxable profit or loss; and

ii)  in respect of deductible temporary differences associated with investments in subsidiaries, deferred tax assets are only recognised to the 
extent that it is probable that the temporary differences will reverse in the foreseeable future and taxable profit will be available against 
which the temporary differences can be utilised.

Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are measured at the tax rates that apply to the period when the asset is realised or the liability is 
settled, based on tax rates (and tax laws) that have been enacted or substantively enacted at the balance sheet date. Income taxes relating  
to items recognised in other comprehensive income or directly in equity are also recognised in other comprehensive income or directly in 
equity and not in the income statement. Otherwise income tax is recognised in the income statement.

Dividends
Dividends receivable by the Company are recognised in the income statement if they are declared, appropriately authorised and no longer at the 
discretion of the entity paying the dividend, prior to the balance sheet date. Dividends payable by the Company are recognised when declared 
and therefore final dividends proposed after the balance sheet date are not recognised as a liability at the balance sheet date. Dividends paid to 
Shareholders are shown as a movement in equity rather than on the face of the income statement.

Business combinations
Business combinations are accounted for using the acquisition method. The cost of an acquisition is measured as the aggregate of the 
consideration transferred, measured at acquisition date fair value. Acquisition costs incurred are expensed and included in administrative expenses. 

Any contingent consideration to be transferred by the acquirer will be recognised at fair value at the acquisition date. Subsequent changes  
to the fair value of the contingent consideration which is deemed to be an asset or liability will be recognised in profit or loss. 

Intangible assets
Goodwill is the excess of the fair value of the consideration paid for a business over the fair value of the identifiable assets, liabilities and 
contingent liabilities acquired. Goodwill is capitalised and subject to an impairment review, both annually and when there are indications  
that the carrying value may not be recoverable. 

100

Cranswick plc  Annual Report & Accounts 2017

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSImpairment is determined by assessing the recoverable amount of the cash-generating unit to which the goodwill relates. Where the recoverable 
amount is less than the carrying amount, an impairment loss is recognised. When an entity is disposed of, any goodwill associated with it is 
included in the carrying amount of the operation when determining the gain or loss on disposal except that goodwill arising on acquisitions prior 
to 31 March 2004 which was previously deducted from equity is not recycled through the income statement.

Intangible assets acquired as part of an acquisition of a business are capitalised at fair value separately from goodwill only if the fair value can be 
measured reliably on initial recognition and the future economic benefits are expected to flow to the Group. Customer relationships are amortised 
evenly over their expected useful lives of five years, with amortisation charged through administration expenses in the income statement.

Property, plant and equipment
Property, plant and equipment are included at cost less accumulated depreciation and any provision for impairment.

Freehold land is not depreciated. Depreciation is charged on property, plant and equipment on the depreciable amount, being cost less the 
estimated residual value (based on prices prevailing at the balance sheet date) on a straight line basis over their estimated useful economic 
lives, or the estimated useful economic lives of their individual parts.

Useful economic lives are principally as follows:
Freehold buildings   
Short leasehold improvements 
Plant and equipment 
Motor vehicles 

50 years
Remainder of lease
5-11 years
4 years

The carrying value of property, plant and equipment is reviewed for impairment individually or at the cash-generating unit level when events 
or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable.

Capitalised borrowing costs
Borrowing costs incurred in financing the construction of qualifying assets such as property, plant and equipment are capitalised up to the date  
at which the relevant asset is substantially complete. Borrowing costs are calculated using the Group’s weighted average cost of borrowing during 
the period of capitalisation. All other borrowing costs are expensed as incurred.

Investments
Investments in subsidiaries are shown at cost less any provision for impairment.

Accounting for leases
i)  Finance leases
  Assets which are financed by leasing agreements that transfer substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership to the lessee (finance leases) 
are capitalised at the inception of the lease at fair value or, if lower, the present value of the minimum lease payments, in ‘Property, plant and 
equipment’ and the corresponding capital cost is shown as an obligation to the lessor in ‘Borrowings’. Depreciation is charged to the income 
statement over the shorter of the estimated useful life of the asset and the term of the lease. The interest element of the rental obligations is 
allocated to accounting periods during the lease term to reflect a constant rate of interest on the remainder of the capital amount outstanding.

ii)  Operating leases

Leases, which are not finance leases, are classified as operating leases. Lease payments are charged to the income statement on a straight 
line basis over the term of the lease.

Government grants and contributions
UK Regional Development Grants and grants receivable from the European Union and DEFRA in respect of property, plant and equipment  
are credited to deferred income and released to the income statement over the relevant depreciation period.

Inventories
Inventories are stated at the lower of cost (on a first in, first out basis) and net realisable value after making allowance for any obsolete or slow-
moving items. In the case of finished goods, cost comprises direct materials, direct labour and an appropriate proportion of manufacturing fixed 
and variable overheads based on a normal level of activity.

Biological assets
The Group’s biological assets consist of pigs in the form of breeding sows (classified as non-current assets) and their progeny for processing 
within the Group and externally (classified as current assets) and chickens in the form of breeder stocks (classified as non-current assets) and 
their progency for processing within the Group and externally (classified as current assets). On initial recognition and at the balance sheet date 
biological assets have been measured at their fair value less costs to sell, in line with IAS 41. Gains and losses in relation to the fair value of 
biological assets are recognised in the income statement, within ‘cost of sales’, in the period in which they arise.

Cash and cash equivalents
Cash equivalents are defined as cash at bank and in hand including short-term deposits with original maturity within three months. For the 
purposes of the Group cash flow statement, cash and cash equivalents consist of cash and cash equivalents net of outstanding bank overdrafts.

Annual Report & Accounts 2017  Cranswick plc

101

Corporate GovernanceShareholder InformationStrategic ReportFinancial Statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE ACCOUNTS CONTINUED

2.  ACCOUNTING POLICIES CONTINUED
Financial instruments
i)  Debt instruments, including bank borrowings
  Debt instruments are initially recognised at the fair value of net proceeds received after the deduction of issue costs. Subsequently debt 
instruments are recognised at amortised cost using the effective interest method. Issue costs are charged to the income statement over  
the term of the debt at a constant rate on the balance sheet carrying amount under the effective interest method. 

ii)  Derivative financial instruments 

The Group uses derivative financial instruments such as foreign currency contracts and interest rate swaps to hedge its cash flow risks 
associated with interest rate and foreign currency fluctuations. Such derivative financial instruments are stated at fair value.

The fair value of forward contracts is calculated by reference to current forward exchange rates for contracts with a similar maturity profile.  
The fair value of interest rate swaps is determined by reference to market values for similar instruments.

  Where derivatives meet the hedging criteria under IAS 39 for cash flow hedges the portion of the gain or loss on the hedging instrument that 
is determined to be an effective hedge is recognised directly in other comprehensive income and the ineffective portion is recognised in the 
income statement. Gains or losses recognised in comprehensive income are transferred to the income statement in the same period in which 
the hedged item affects the net profit or loss. If a forecast transaction is no longer expected to occur, amounts previously recognised in other 
comprehensive income are transferred to the income statement.

For derivatives that do not qualify for hedge accounting under IAS 39, any gains or losses arising from changes in fair value are taken 
directly to net profit or loss for the period.

Financial assets – loans and receivables
Loans and receivables are non-derivative financial assets with fixed or determinable payments that are not quoted in an active market, do not 
qualify as trading assets and have not been designated as either fair value through profit and loss or available-for-sale. Such assets are carried 
at amortised cost using the effective interest method if the time value of money is significant. Gains and losses are recognised in the income 
statement when the loans and receivables are derecognised or impaired, as well as through the amortisation process.

Foreign currencies
In the accounts of each entity in the Group, individual transactions denominated in foreign currencies are translated into functional currency at 
the actual exchange rates ruling at the dates of the transactions. Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are translated 
into functional currency at the rates ruling at the balance sheet date. Profits and losses on settlement of individual foreign currency transactions 
and movements on monetary assets and liabilities are dealt with in the income statement.

Employee benefits
i)  Pensions
  A subsidiary of the Group operates a defined benefit pension scheme for certain employees which requires contributions to be made to  

a separate trustee administered fund. The scheme was closed to new members on 30 June 2004.

The liability recognised in the balance sheet in respect of the defined benefit pension scheme is the present value of the defined benefit 
obligation at the balance sheet date less the fair value of plan assets, together with adjustments for unrecognised past-service costs.  
The defined benefit obligation is calculated annually by independent actuaries using the projected unit method. The present value of the 
defined benefit obligation is determined by discounting the estimated future cash outflows using interest rates of high quality corporate 
bonds that are denominated in Sterling, and that have terms to maturity approximating to the terms of the related pension liability.

The amounts charged to operating profit are any gains and losses on settlements and curtailments, and these are included as part of  
staff costs.

Past-service costs are recognised immediately in income, unless the changes to the pension scheme are conditional on the employees 
remaining in service for a specified period of time (the vesting period). In this case, the past-service costs are amortised on a straight line 
basis over the vesting period.

 The difference between the interest cost on plan liabilities and the expected return on plan assets is recognised in the income statement  
as other finance revenue or costs.

  Actuarial gains and losses arising from experience adjustments and changes in actuarial assumptions are charged or credited to the 

statement of comprehensive income in the period in which they arise.

The Group also operates defined contribution schemes for employees under which contributions are paid into schemes managed by major 
insurance companies. Contributions are calculated as a percentage of employees’ earnings and obligations for contributions to the schemes 
are recognised as cost of sales or operating expenses in the income statement in the period in which they arise.

102

Cranswick plc  Annual Report & Accounts 2017

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ii)  Equity settled share-based payments

The Group operates a savings related share option scheme under which options have been granted to Group employees (SAYE scheme).  
In addition, the Group operates an Executive share option scheme (albeit currently not in use) and a Long Term Incentive Plan (LTIP) for 
senior Executives. Share options awarded are exercisable subject to the attainment of certain market-based and non-market-based 
performance criteria.

The cost of equity-settled transactions with employees is measured by reference to the fair value at the date on which they are granted and is 
recognised as an expense over the vesting period, which ends on the date on which the relevant employees become fully entitled to the award. 
Fair value is determined using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. In valuing equity-settled transactions, no account is taken of any service 
and performance (vesting conditions), other than performance conditions linked to the price of the shares of the Company (market conditions). 
Any other conditions which are required to be met in order for an employee to become fully entitled to an award are considered to be non-
vesting conditions. Like market performance conditions, non-vesting conditions are taken into account in determining the grant date fair value. 

  No expense is recognised for awards that do not ultimately vest, except for awards where vesting is conditional upon a market or non-

vesting condition, which are treated as vesting irrespective of whether or not the market or non-vesting condition is satisfied, provided  
that all other performance or service conditions are satisfied.

  At each balance sheet date before vesting, the cumulative expense is calculated, representing the extent to which the vesting period has 

expired and management’s best estimate of the number of equity instruments that will ultimately vest. The movement in cumulative expense 
since the previous balance sheet date is recognised in the income statement, with a corresponding entry in equity. 

  Where the terms of an equity-settled award are modified or a new award is designated as replacing a cancelled or settled award, the cost 
based on the original award terms continues to be recognised over the original vesting period. In addition, an expense is recognised over 
the remainder of the new vesting period for the incremental fair value of any modification, based on the difference between the fair value  
of the original award and the fair value of the modified award, both as measured on the date of the modification. No reduction is 
recognised if this difference is negative.

  Where an equity-settled award is cancelled (including when a non-vesting condition within the control of the entity or employee is not met),  
it is treated as if it had vested on the date of cancellation, and any cost not yet recognised in the income statement for the award is expensed 
immediately. Any compensation paid up to the fair value of the award at the cancellation or settlement date is deducted from equity, with any 
excess over fair value being treated as an expense in the income statement.

  On transition to IFRS, the Group did not apply the measurement rules of IFRS 2 to equity settled awards granted before 7 November 2002 or 
granted after that date and vested before 1 January 2005. However, later modifications of such equity instruments are measured under IFRS 2.

3.  BUSINESS AND GEOGRAPHICAL SEGMENTS
IFRS 8 requires operating segments to be identified on the basis of the internal financial information reported to the Chief Operating Decision 
Maker (CODM). The Group’s CODM is deemed to be the Executive Directors on the Board, who are primarily responsible for the allocation of 
resources to segments and the assessment of performance of the segments.

The CODM assesses profit performance principally through adjusted profit measures consistent with those disclosed in the Annual Report 
and Accounts.

For the purposes of managing the business, the Group is organised into one reportable segment, being Food: manufacture and supply of food 
products to UK grocery retailers, the food service sector and other UK and global food producers.

The reportable segment ‘Food’ represents the aggregation of four operating segments which are aligned to the product categories of the 
Group; Fresh Pork, Convenience, Gourmet Products and Poultry, all of which manufacture and supply food products through the channels 
described above. These operating segments have been aggregated into one reportable segment as they share similar economic 
characteristics. The economic indicators which have been assessed in concluding that these operating segments should be aggregated 
include the similarity of long term average margins; expected future financial performance; and operating and competitive risks. In addition, 
the operating segments are similar with regard to the nature of the products and production process, the type and class of customer, the 
method of distribution and the regulatory environment.

Continuing operations – sale of goods

Discontinued operations – sale of goods

2017  
£’000

2016  
£’000

1,245,058

1,016,314

18,761

1,263,819

53,290

1,069,604

Annual Report & Accounts 2017  Cranswick plc

103

Corporate GovernanceShareholder InformationStrategic ReportFinancial Statements 
 
NOTES TO THE ACCOUNTS CONTINUED

3.  BUSINESS AND GEOGRAPHICAL SEGMENTS CONTINUED
Geographical segments
The following table sets out revenues by destination, regardless of where the goods were produced:

UK

Continental Europe

Rest of world

2017  
£’000

2016  
£’000

1,238,640

1,051,370

13,292

11,887

8,955

9,279

1,263,819

1,069,604

In addition to the non-UK sales disclosed above the Group also made sales to export markets through UK-based meat trading agents totalling 
£48,657,000 (2016: £35,132,000). Including these sales, total sales to export markets were £73,836,000 for the year (2016: £53,366,000).

Revenue from discontinued operations relates wholly to the UK in both current and prior years.

Customer concentration
The Group has two customers (2016: two) which individually account for more than 10 per cent of the Group’s total revenue. These customers account 
for 24 per cent and 20 per cent respectively. In the prior year these same two customers accounted for 24 per cent and 23 per cent respectively.

The Group’s non-current assets were all located within the UK for both 2017 and 2016.

4.  GROUP OPERATING PROFIT
Group operating costs comprise:

Cost of sales excluding net IAS 41 valuation movement  

on biological assets

Net IAS 41 valuation movement on biological assets*

Cost of sales

Gross profit

Continuing operations

Discontinued operations

Total

2017  
£’000

2016  
£’000

2017  
£’000

2016  
£’000

2017  
£’000

2016  
£’000

1,086,206

879,696

16,588

46,222 1,102,794

925,918

(4,116)

1,082,090

162,968

951

880,647

135,667

–

16,588

2,173

–

(4,116)
46,222 1,098,678

7,068

165,141

951

926,869

142,735

Selling and distribution costs

50,949

39,511

1,171

3,303

52,120

42,814

Administrative expenses excluding amortisation of customer 
relationship intangible assets and impairment of goodwill

Amortisation of customer relationship intangible assets

Impairment of goodwill

Administrative expenses

Total operating costs

31,785

2,108

–

33,893

1,166,932

32,051

1,396

–

33,447

953,605

666

–

–

2,632

–

4,635

32,451

2,108

–

666

18,425

7,267

34,559
56,792 1,185,357

34,683

1,396

4,635

40,714

1,010,397

*   This represents the difference between operating profit prepared under IAS 41 and operating profit prepared under historical cost accounting, which forms part of the 

reconciliation to adjusted operating profit.

104

Cranswick plc  Annual Report & Accounts 2017

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSGroup operating profit is stated after charging/(crediting):

Depreciation of property, plant and equipment

Amortisation of customer relationship intangible assets

Release of government grants

Operating lease payments – minimum lease payments 

Net foreign currency differences

Continuing operations

Discontinued operations

Total

2017  
£’000

27,576

2,108

(215)

7,865

155

2016  
£’000

20,849

1,396

(128)

4,409

11

2017  
£’000

139

–

–

105

–

2016  
£’000

375

–

–

320

–

2017  
£’000

27,715

2,108

(215)

7,970

155

2016  
£’000

21,224

1,396

(128)

4,729

11

Cost of inventories recognised as an expense 

706,684

595,025

7,080

31,372

713,764

626,397

Increase in provision for inventories

Research and development expenditure

1,162

2,631

1,239

2,559

Auditors’ remuneration

Fees payable to the Company’s auditors in respect of the audit

Audit of these financial statements

Local statutory audits of subsidiaries

Total audit remuneration

50

192

242

Fees payable to the Company’s auditors in respect of non-audit related services

Tax advisory services

Other services

Total non-audit related remuneration

–

67

67

40

163

203

1

144

145

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

4

42

–

12

12

–

–

–

1,162

2,631

1,243

2,601

50

192

242

–

67

67

40

175

215

1

144

145

Of the ‘Other’ non-audit related services £52,000 (2016: £129,000) was in respect of corporate finance services in relation to acquisition  
related activities.

Fees paid to Ernst & Young LLP for non-audit services by the Company itself are not disclosed in the individual accounts of Cranswick plc 
because Group financial statements are prepared which are required to disclose such fees on a consolidated basis.

5.  EMPLOYEES

Staff costs:

Wages and salaries 

Social security costs

Other pension costs

Group

2017  
£’000

153,399

15,176

3,044

171,619

2016  
£’000

131,761

13,487

2,467

147,715

Company

2017  
£’000

7,382

1,796

83

9,261

2016  
£’000

5,343

1,819

151

7,313

Included within wages and salaries is a total expense for share-based payments of £3,650,000 (2016: £2,791,000) all of which arises from transactions 
accounted for as equity-settled share-based payment transactions.

Annual Report & Accounts 2017  Cranswick plc

105

Corporate GovernanceShareholder InformationStrategic ReportFinancial StatementsNOTES TO THE ACCOUNTS CONTINUED

5.  EMPLOYEES CONTINUED
The average monthly number of employees during the year was:

Production

Selling and distribution

Administration

Group

Company

2017  

Number

5,092

286

236

5,614

2016  
Number

4,501

274

227

5,002

2017  

Number

2016  
Number

–

–

36

36

–

–

27

27

The Group and Company consider the Directors to be the key management personnel. Details of each Director’s remuneration, pension 
contributions and share options are detailed in the Remuneration Committee Report on pages 62 to 76. The employee costs shown on page 
105 include the following remuneration in respect of Directors of the Company:

Group and Company

Directors’ remuneration

Pension contribution

Aggregate gains made by Directors on exercise of share options

Number of Directors receiving pension contributions under money purchase schemes

2017  
£’000

4,845

19

4,864

3,557

2

2016  
£’000

4,684

93

4,777

2,842

2

Details of Directors’ remuneration can be found in the Remuneration Committee Report on page 70. The total Directors’ remuneration  
of £4,864,000 (2016: £4,777,000) comprises salary and fees £1,855,000 (2016: £1,824,000), benefits £127,000 (£2016: £116,000), bonus £2,543,000 
(2016: £2,503,000) and pension £339,000 (2016: £334,000). The difference between pension contributions noted above and pension 
contributions on page 70 is cash paid in lieu of pension. 

6.  FINANCE REVENUE AND COSTS

Other interest receivable

Total finance revenue

Finance costs

Bank interest paid and similar charges

Total interest expense for financial liabilities  

not at fair value through profit or loss

Net finance cost on defined benefit  

pension deficit (Note 26)

Movement in discount on provisions  

and financial liabilities

Total finance costs

Continuing operations

Discontinued operations

2017  
£’000

–

–

438

438

86

115

639

2016  
£’000

1

1

377

377

160

103

640

2017  
£’000

–

–

(35)

(35)

–

–

(35)

2016  
£’000

–

–

(103)

(103)

–

–

(103)

Total

2017  
£’000

–

–

403

403

86

115

604

2016  
£’000

1

1

274

274

160

103

537

The interest relates to financial assets and liabilities carried at amortised cost.

106

Cranswick plc  Annual Report & Accounts 2017

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS7.  TAXATION
a)  Analysis of tax charge in the year
Tax charge based on the profit for the year:

Current income tax:

UK corporation tax on profit for the year

Adjustments in respect of prior years

Total current tax

Deferred tax:

Origination and reversal of temporary differences

Deferred tax rate change

Adjustments in respect of prior years

Total deferred tax

Tax on profit on ordinary activities

Continuing and discontinued activities:

Income tax expense from continuing operations

Income tax expense from discontinued operations

Tax relating to items charged or credited to other comprehensive income or directly to equity:

Group

Recognised in Group statement of comprehensive income

Deferred tax on revaluation of cash flow hedges

Deferred tax on actuarial (losses)/gains on defined benefit pension scheme

Corporation tax credit on actuarial losses on defined benefit pension scheme

Recognised in Group statement of changes in equity

Deferred tax credit on share-based payments

Corporation tax credit on share options exercised

Total tax credit recognised directly in equity

Company

Recognised in Company statement of changes in equity

Deferred tax credit on share-based payments

Corporation tax credit on share options exercised

Total tax credit recognised directly in equity

2017  
£’000

2016  
£’000

16,642

(810)

15,832

(147)

(184)

(282)

(613)

15,219

2017  
£’000

15,145

74

15,219

14,659

(36)

14,623

(1,148)

(436)

237

(1,347)

13,276

2016  
£’000

13,022

254

13,276

2017  
£’000

2016  
£’000

37

(1,040)

(247)

(1,250)

(112)

(1,054)

(1,166)

(2,416)

2017  
£’000

(49)

(434)

(483)

52

3

–

55

(343)

(858)

(1,201)

(1,146)

2016  
£’000

(140)

(305)

(445)

Annual Report & Accounts 2017  Cranswick plc

107

Corporate GovernanceShareholder InformationStrategic ReportFinancial StatementsNOTES TO THE ACCOUNTS CONTINUED

7.  TAXATION CONTINUED
b)  Factors affecting tax charge for the year
The tax assessed for the year is lower (2016: higher) than the standard rate of corporation tax in the UK. The differences are explained below:

Profit on ordinary activities before tax (including discontinued operations)

Profit on ordinary activities multiplied by standard rate of corporation tax in the UK of 20 per cent (2016: 20 per cent)

Effect of:

Disallowed expenses 

Deferred tax rate change

Non-taxable income

Adjustments in respect of prior years

Total tax charge for the year

Analysed as:

Continuing operations

Discontinued operations

c)  Deferred tax
The deferred tax included in the Group balance sheet is as follows:

Group

Deferred tax liability in the balance sheet

Accelerated capital allowances

Biological assets

Rollover and holdover relief

Other temporary differences

Share-based payments

Deferred tax on defined benefit pension scheme

Customer relationships intangibles

Deferred tax liability

The deferred tax included in the income statement is as follows:

Deferred tax in the income statement

Accelerated capital allowances

Biological assets

Rollover and holdover relief

Other temporary differences

Share-based payments

Deferred tax on defined benefit pension scheme

Customer relationships intangibles

Deferred tax credit

108

Cranswick plc  Annual Report & Accounts 2017

2017  
£’000

82,397

16,479

703

36

(907)

(1,092)

15,219

2017  
£’000

15,145

74

15,219

2016  
£’000

58,671

11,734

1,808

(436)

(31)

201

13,276

2016  
£’000

13,022

254

13,276

2017  
£’000

2016  
£’000

5,998

90

52

(292)

(2,545)

(1,539)

1,123

2,887

2017  
£’000

(1,440)

870

(7)

121

(15)

301

(443)

(613)

5,372

(846)

59

(363)

(2,418)

(801)

778

1,781

2016  
£’000

(996)

(96)

(6)

(70)

(45)

232

(366)

(1,347)

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSThe deferred tax included in the Company balance sheet is as follows:

Company

Deferred tax asset in the balance sheet

Accelerated capital allowances

Other temporary differences

Share-based payments

Deferred tax asset

2017  
£’000

(21)

(71)

(1,048)

(1,140)

2016  
£’000

(33)

(18)

(932)

(983)

d)  Change in corporation tax rate
A reduction in the main rate of corporation tax in the UK from 20 per cent to 17 per cent from 1 April 2020 was enacted before the balance sheet 
date. Deferred tax is therefore provided at 17 per cent.

8.  DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS
On 23 July 2016, the Group sold its shareholding in The Sandwich Factory Holdings Limited (The Sandwich Factory). The sale allows the Group 
to focus on its portfolio of high growth, premium product categories.

The results of discontinued operations, which have been separately disclosed as a single line item at the foot of the Group income statement, 
were as follows:

Results of discontinued operations

Revenue

Expenses

Impairment of goodwill

Operating profit/(loss)

Finance income

Profit/(loss) before tax from discontinued operations

Income tax expense on ordinary activities of the discontinued operations

Profit on sale of business

Profit/(loss) after tax from discontinued operations

Earnings per share from discontinued operations

Basic earnings per share

Diluted earnings per share

Statement of cash flows

The statement of cash flows includes the following amounts relating to discontinued operations:

Operating activities

Investing activities

Financing activities

Net cash from discontinued operations

2017  
£’000

18,761

(18,425)

–

336

35

371

(74)

4,539

4,836

9.6

9.6

(1,267)

(386)

35

(1,618)

2016  
£’000

53,290

(52,157)

(4,635)

(3,502)

103

(3,399)

(254)

–

(3,653)

(7.4)

(7.3)

559

(722)

103

(60)

A profit of £4.5 million arose on the sale of The Sandwich Factory, being the difference between cash proceeds and the carrying value of net 
assets plus attributable goodwill.

Annual Report & Accounts 2017  Cranswick plc

109

Corporate GovernanceShareholder InformationStrategic ReportFinancial Statements 
 
 
NOTES TO THE ACCOUNTS CONTINUED

8.    DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS CONTINUED
The net assets which were sold were as follows:

Intangible assets – Goodwill

Property, plant and equipment

Inventories

Trade and other receivables

Trade and other payables

Cash proceeds received

Cash and cash equivalents surrendered

Legal costs incurred, settled in cash

Profit on sale of business

£’000

6,967

2,601

1,086

9,311

(8,980)

10,985

16,238

(534)

(180)

15,524

4,539

9.    PROFIT ATTRIBUTABLE TO MEMBERS
Of the profit attributable to members, the sum of £25,317,000 (2016: £15,105,000) has been dealt with in the accounts of Cranswick plc.

10.  EQUITY DIVIDENDS

Declared and paid during the year:

Final dividend for 2016 – 25.9p per share (2015: 23.4p)

Interim dividend for 2017 – 13.1p per share (2016: 11.6p)

Dividends paid

Proposed for approval of Shareholders at the Annual General Meeting on 24 July 2017:

Final dividend for 2017 – 31.0p (2016: 25.9p)

2017  
£’000

2016  
£’000

12,987

6,590

19,577

11,604

5,766

17,370

15,644

12,912

11.   EARNINGS PER SHARE
Basic earnings per share amounts are calculated by dividing net profit for the year attributable to members of the parent company of 
£67,178,000 (2016: £45,395,000) by the weighted average number of shares outstanding during the year. In calculating diluted earnings per 
share amounts, the weighted average number of shares is adjusted for the weighted average number of ordinary shares that would be issued 
on the conversion of all dilutive potential ordinary shares into ordinary shares.

The weighted average number of ordinary shares for both basic and diluted amounts was as per the table below:

Basic weighted average number of shares

Dilutive potential ordinary shares – share options

2017  

Thousands

2016  

Thousands

50,191

195

50,386

49,601

191

49,792

Adjusted earnings per share
Adjusted earnings per share are calculated using the weighted average number of shares for both basic and diluted amounts as detailed above 
(see Note 31).

110

Cranswick plc  Annual Report & Accounts 2017

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS12.  INTANGIBLE ASSETS

Group

Cost

At 31 March 2015 and 31 March 2016

On acquisition (Note 15)

On sale of business

At 31 March 2017

Amortisation and impairment

At 31 March 2015

Amortisation

Impairment

At 31 March 2016

Amortisation

On sale of business

At 31 March 2017

Net book value

At 31 March 2015

At 31 March 2016

At 31 March 2017

Goodwill  

£’000

Customer 
relationships 
£’000

144,598

23,249

(16,526)

151,321

4,924

–

4,635

9,559

–

(9,559)

–

139,674

135,039

151,321

6,980

4,639

–

11,619

949

1,396

–

2,345

2,108

–

4,453

6,031

4,635

7,166

Total  
£’000

151,578

27,888

(16,526)

162,940

5,873

1,396

4,635

11,904

2,108

(9,559)

4,453

145,705

139,674

158,487

Impairment testing
Goodwill is subject to annual impairment testing. Goodwill acquired through business combinations has been allocated for impairment testing 
purposes to the following principal cash-generating units:

Cash-generating unit

Fresh Pork

Livestock

Cooked Meats

Sandwiches

Continental Fine Foods

Premium Cooked Poultry

Fresh Chicken

Other

2017  
£’000

21,759

1,691

90,167

–

10,968

9,259

13,721

3,756

151,321

2016  
£’000

12,231

1,691

90,167

6,967

10,968

9,259

–

3,756

135,039

Assumptions used
The recoverable amount for each cash-generating unit has been determined based on value in use calculations using annual budgets for each 
business for the following year, approved by the Board of Directors, and cash flow projections for the next four years. Forecast replacement 
capital expenditure is included from budgets and thereafter capital is assumed to represent 100 per cent of depreciation.

Subsequent cash flows are forecast to grow in line with an assumed long term industry growth rate of between 3 and 5 per cent derived from 
third party market information, including Kantar Worldpanel data.

A pre-tax discount rate of 6.2 per cent has been used (2016: 7.0 per cent) being management’s estimate of the weighted average cost of capital 
adjusted for risks specific to the CGUs. An adjustment has also been made in arriving at the pre-tax discount rate to reflect the fact that the 
weighted average cost of capital is a post-tax rate.

Annual Report & Accounts 2017  Cranswick plc

111

Corporate GovernanceShareholder InformationStrategic ReportFinancial StatementsNOTES TO THE ACCOUNTS CONTINUED

12.  INTANGIBLE ASSETS CONTINUED
Impairment testing continued
Assumptions used continued
The calculation is most sensitive to the following assumptions:

Sales volumes
Sales volumes are influenced by the growth of the underlying food segment, the market shares of our customers, selling prices and the quality 
of our products and service. Historical volumes are used as the base and adjusted over the projection period in line with current growth rates. 

Gross margin
Gross margin depends upon average selling prices, the cost of raw materials and changes in the cost of production overheads. Historical 
margins are used as the base, adjusted for management’s expectations derived from experience and with reference to budget forecasts.

Discount rates
All calculations of this nature are sensitive to the discount rate used. Management’s estimate of the weighted average cost of capital has been 
used for each cash-generating unit.

Sensitivity
Management believes that currently there is no reasonably possible change to the assumptions that would reduce the value in use below  
the value of the carrying amount for any of the Group’s cash-generating units. Assumptions and projections are updated on an annual basis.

Impairment of Sandwiches cash-generating unit
Following a change in the customer base of the Sandwiches category, an impairment review was performed on the Sandwiches cash-generating 
unit as at 30 September 2015. This cash-generating unit had historically been the most sensitive to a reasonably possible change in assumptions. 

The recoverable amount for the Sandwiches cash-generating unit was determined based on value in use calculations. The projected cash flows 
were updated to reflect the latest Sandwiches forecasts for the years ending 31 March 2016 and 31 March 2017 and cash flow projections for 
the next three years. Forecast replacement capital expenditure was included from forecasts and thereafter capital spend was assumed to 
represent 100 per cent of depreciation.

Subsequent cash flows were forecast to grow in line with an assumed long term industry growth rate of 3 per cent derived from third party 
market information, including Kantar Worldpanel data. A pre-tax discount rate of 7.7 per cent was used, being management’s estimate of the 
weighted average cost of capital. 

Based on these calculations, which gave a value in use below the value of the carrying amount, the Group recognised an impairment charge 
within administrative expenses for goodwill allocated to the Sandwiches cash-generating unit of £4,635,000.

Following the recognition of this impairment the carrying amount of the Sandwiches cash-generating unit was the same as the recoverable 
amount of £8.9 million, so any further adverse change in key assumptions would have led to an additional impairment charge. On 23 July 2016, 
the Group disposed of its shareholding in The Sandwich Factory Holdings Ltd. See Note 8 for further details.

112

Cranswick plc  Annual Report & Accounts 2017

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS13.  PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

Group

Cost

At 31 March 2015

Additions

Transfers between categories

Disposals

At 31 March 2016

Additions

On acquisition

Transfers between categories

Disposals

On sale of business

At 31 March 2017

Depreciation

At 31 March 2015

Charge for the year

Relating to disposals

At 31 March 2016

Charge for the year

Relating to disposals

On sale of business

At 31 March 2017

Net book amounts

At 31 March 2015

At 31 March 2016

At 31 March 2017

Freehold  
land and  
buildings  

£’000

Leasehold 
improve-  
ments  
£’000

Plant,  
equipment  
and vehicles  

£’000

Assets in the 
course of  
construction  

£’000

100,075

3,294

192,096

Total  
£’000

296,811

34,076

–

1,346

6,886

(5,346)

–

(2,993)

2,886

11,229

–

(7,857)

–

–

327,894

48,558

19,341

–

(2,487)

(9,616)

24,938

2,763

(2,655)

217,142

31,116

6,515

6,567

(2,236)

(7,511)

251,593

6,258

383,690

115,228

18,862

(2,193)

131,897

24,284

(1,996)

(5,766)

148,419

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

130,724

21,224

(2,531)

149,417

27,715

(2,087)

(7,015)

168,030

2,159

2,583

–

104,817

6,061

12,826

1,290

(160)

–

124,834

13,398

2,175

–

15,573

3,033

–

–

18,606

93

–

(338)

3,049

152

–

–

(91)

(2,105)

1,005

2,098

187

(338)

1,947

398

(91)

(1,249)

1,005

86,677

89,244

106,228

1,196

1,102

76,868

85,245

–

103,174

1,346

2,886

6,258

166,087

178,477

215,660

Included in freehold land and buildings is land with a cost of £9,185,000 (2016: £8,661,000), which is not depreciated, relating to the Group,  
and £509,000 (2016: £509,000) relating to the Company.

Cost includes £1,082,000 (2016: £1,082,000) in respect of capitalised interest. No interest was capitalised during the year (2016: £nil). The rate 
used to determine the amount of borrowing costs eligible for capitalisation was 1.75 per cent, which was the effective rate of the borrowing 
used to finance the construction.

The Directors believe that the fair value of the property, plant and equipment is not materially different to the net book amounts presented above.

Annual Report & Accounts 2017  Cranswick plc

113

Corporate GovernanceShareholder InformationStrategic ReportFinancial StatementsNOTES TO THE ACCOUNTS CONTINUED

13.  PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT CONTINUED

Company

Cost

At 31 March 2015

Additions

At 31 March 2016

Additions

At 31 March 2017

Depreciation

At 31 March 2015

Charge for the year

At 31 March 2016

Charge for the year

At 31 March 2017

Net book amounts

At 31 March 2015

At 31 March 2016

At 31 March 2017

Freehold  
land and  
buildings  

£’000

Plant,  
equipment  
and vehicles  

£’000

509

–

509

–

509

–

–

–

–

–

509

509

509

448

44

492

31

523

409

23

432

34

466

39

60

57

Total  
£’000

957

44

1,001

31

1,032

409

23

432

34

466

548

569

566

114

Cranswick plc  Annual Report & Accounts 2017

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS14.  INVESTMENTS

Company

Shares at cost:

At 31 March 2015

Capital contribution relating to share options

At 31 March 2016

Capital contribution relating to share options

Reduction in carrying value on sale of business

At 31 March 2017

Subsidiary 
undertakings 
£’000

161,447

1,719

163,166

2,177

(3,869)

161,474

The subsidiary undertakings as at 31 March 2017 were:
•  Cranswick Country Foods plc
•  Cranswick Gourmet Pastry Company Limited (90 per cent owned by Cranswick Country Foods plc)
•  Wayland Farms Limited (100 per cent owned by Cranswick Country Foods plc)
•  Wold Farms Limited (100 per cent owned by Cranswick Country Foods plc)
•  Cranswick Convenience Foods Limited
•  Kingston Foods Limited (100 per cent owned by Cranswick Convenience Foods Limited)
•  Warwick One Limited (registered in Scotland, registered office 21 Jenny Moores Road, St. Boswells, Melrose, Roxburghshire, TD6 0AN)
•  Benson Park Limited (100 per cent owned by Cranswick Country Foods plc)
•  Cranswick Bio Limited (100 per cent owned by Cranswick Country Foods plc)
•  Mulberry House Foods Limited (100 per cent owned by Cranswick Country Foods plc)
•  Weeton Foods Limited (100 per cent owned by Cranswick Country Foods plc)
•  Potterdale Foods Limited (100 per cent owned by Cranswick Country Foods plc)
•  CCL Holdings Limited (100 per cent owned by Cranswick Country Foods plc)
•  Crown Chicken Limited (100 per cent owned by CCL Holdings Limited)
•  Cranswick Country Foods Ballymena (registered in Northern Ireland, registered office 166 Fenaghy Road, Cullybackey, County Antrim, 

Northern Ireland, BT42 1EA, 100 per cent owned by The Harts Corner Natural Sausage Company Limited)

•  Cranswick Country Foods (Norfolk) Pension Trustees Limited (100 per cent owned by Cranswick Country Foods (Norfolk) Limited)
•  Roma (No.1) plc
•  Roma (No.2) Limited 
•  Roma (No.3) Limited (100 per cent owned by Roma (No.1) plc)
•  Arrow 1 Limited (100 per cent owned by Cranswick Country Foods (Norfolk) Limited)
•  Brookfield Foods Limited
•  Cambury Limited (100 per cent owned by Cranswick Country Foods plc)
•  Charter Pork Cuts Limited
•  Continental Fine Foods Limited
•  North Wales Foods Limited
•  Warwick Two Limited (100 per cent owned by Warwick One Limited)
•  Cranswick Country Foods (Norfolk) Limited (100 per cent owned by Cranswick Country Foods plc)
•  Cranswick Country Foods (Sutton Fields) Limited (100 per cent owned by Cranswick Country Foods plc)
•  Cranswick Gourmet Bacon Company Limited (100 per cent owned by Cranswick Country Foods plc)
•  Cranswick Gourmet Sausage Limited (100 per cent owned by Cranswick Country Foods plc)
•  Cranswick Mill Limited
•  Cranswick Trustees Limited
•  Cranswick Tuck Marketing Limited
•  Delico Limited
•  F T Sutton and Son (Rossendale) Limited
•  Friars 587 Limited (100 per cent owned by Cranswick Country Foods plc)
•  The Harts Corner Natural Sausage Company Limited (100 per cent owned by Cranswick Country Foods plc)

Except where otherwise stated, each of the companies is registered in England and Wales, with registered office 74 Helsinki Road, Hull,  
HU7 0YW and Cranswick plc holds directly 100 per cent of the shares and voting rights of each subsidiary undertaking.

Following the sale of The Sandwich Factory Holdings Limited by Warwick One Limited during the year, the Company reduced the carrying 
value of its investments in Warwick One Limited to bring it in line with the net assets of the remaining investment.

In April 2009 the Group disposed of its pet and aquatics segment, retaining a 5.5 per cent share of both businesses. Following a subsequent 
reorganisation Cranswick plc sold its 5.5 per cent investment in the pet products business. The transaction resulted in the Group retaining its 
5.5 per cent interest in the aquatics business, this interest was later reduced to a 3.3 per cent holding of Tropical Marine Centre (2012) Limited 
following a further reorganisation and change in major shareholders. The investment, being an unquoted entity, the value of which cannot be 
reliably measured, is held at a carrying value of £nil.

Annual Report & Accounts 2017  Cranswick plc

115

Corporate GovernanceShareholder InformationStrategic ReportFinancial StatementsNOTES TO THE ACCOUNTS CONTINUED

15.  ACQUISITIONS
Cranswick Country Foods Ballymena
On 16 November 2016, the Group acquired 100 per cent of the issued share capital of Dunbia Ballymena (renamed Cranswick Country Foods 
Ballymena) for a total consideration of £18.1 million including £3.4 million settlement of intercompany creditors due to the previous owner and  
a deferred consideration of £1.3 million. The principal activity of Cranswick Country Foods Ballymena is primary pig processing. The acquisition 
enhances Cranswick’s pig processing capabililty and establishes a significant presence in Northern Ireland.

Fair values of the net assets at the date of acquisition were as follows:

Net assets acquired:

Customer relationships

Property, plant and equipment

Inventories

Trade and other receivables

Bank and cash balances

Trade and other payables

Corporation tax liability

Deferred tax liability

Provisions

Goodwill arising on acquisition

Cost of acquisition

Satisfied by:

Cash

Contingent consideration

Net cash outflow arising on acquisition:

Cash consideration paid

Creditors repaid

Cash and cash equivalents acquired

Provisional  
fair value  

£’000

1,701

1,746

598

8,219

212

(6,333)

(368)

(252)

(274)

5,249

9,528

14,777

13,527

1,250

13,527

3,353

(212)

16,668

Intercompany loans were repaid on completion giving a total consideration for the acquisition of £18,130,000. The fair values on acquisition are 
provisional due to the timing of the transaction and will be finalised within twelve months of the acquisition date.

All of the trade receivables acquired are expected to be collected in full.

Included in the £9,528,000 of goodwill recognised above are certain intangible assets that cannot be individually separated from the acquiree  
and reliably measured due to their nature. These items include the expected value of synergies and an assembled workforce.

Transaction costs in relation to the acquisition of £0.3 million have been expensed within administrative expenses. 

From the date of acquisition to 31 March 2017, the external revenues of Ballymena were £17.3 million and the business contributed a net profit after 
tax of £1.0 million to the Group. Had the acquisition taken place at the beginning of the financial period, revenues would be £27.4 million higher 
and profit would be £1.8 million higher.

Contingent consideration
The agreement includes contingent consideration payable in cash to the previous owners of Cranswick Country Foods Ballymena based on 
obtaining a licence to export to China. The amount payable will be either £nil or £1.25 million.

The fair value of the contingent consideration on acquisition was estimated at £1.25 million, undiscounted in the table above.

116

Cranswick plc  Annual Report & Accounts 2017

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
Crown Chicken
On 8 April 2016, the Group acquired 100 per cent of the issued share capital of CCL Holdings Limited and its wholly owned subsidiary Crown 
Chicken Limited (Crown) for net cash consideration of £39.4 million. The principal activities of Crown Chicken Limited are the breeding, rearing 
and processing of fresh chicken, as well as the milling of grain for the production of animal feed. The acquisition provides the Group with a fully 
integrated supply chain for its growing poultry business.

Fair values of the net assets at the date of acquisition were as follows:

Net assets acquired:

Customer relationships

Property, plant and equipment

Biological assets

Inventories

Trade and other receivables

Bank and cash balances

Trade and other payables

Corporation tax liability

Deferred tax liability

Finance lease obligations

Goodwill arising on acquisition

Total consideration

Satisfied by:

Cash

Net cash outflow arising on acquisition:

Cash consideration paid

Cash and cash equivalents acquired

Fair value  

£’000

2,938

17,501

4,805

1,865

9,946

3,946

(7,900)

(584)

(2,548)

(370)

29,599

13,721

43,320

43,320

43,320

(3,946)

39,374

All of the trade receivables acquired have been collected in full.

Included in the £13,721,000 of goodwill recognised above are certain intangible assets that cannot be individually separated from the acquiree 
and reliably measured due to their nature. These items include the expected value of synergies and an assembled workforce and the strategic 
benefits of vertical integration including security of supply.

Transaction costs in relation to the acquisition of £0.4 million have been expensed within administrative expenses. 

From the date of acquisition to 31 March 2017, the external revenues of Crown were £82.6 million and the business contributed a net profit after 
tax of £4.5 million to the Group. There is no material difference between the revenue and profit contributed to the Group had the acquisition 
taken place at the beginning of the financial period and those presented.

2015 – Benson Park
Contingent consideration
On 22 October 2014, the Group acquired 100 per cent of the issued share capital of Benson Park Limited for a total consideration of £23.8 million.

The agreement includes contingent consideration payable in cash to the previous owners of Benson Park Limited based on the performance  
of the business over a 2.5 year period. The amount payable will be between £nil and £4.0 million dependant on the average profit before 
interest and tax of the business during the 2.5 year period versus an agreed target level.

The value has been reassessed at the end of the reporting period, with an additional £0.2 million being charged to administrative expenses  
in the income statement. Total contingent consideration of £4.0 million (2016: £3.8 million) has been recognised in relation to this transaction.

Annual Report & Accounts 2017  Cranswick plc

117

Corporate GovernanceShareholder InformationStrategic ReportFinancial Statements 
NOTES TO THE ACCOUNTS CONTINUED

15.  ACQUISITIONS CONTINUED
2015 – Yorkshire Baker
On 2 April 2014, the Group acquired the goodwill associated with the Yorkshire Baker business in exchange for certain property, plant and 
equipment and 10 per cent of the issued share capital of Cranswick Gourmet Pastry Company Limited. Goodwill of £397,000 was recognised  
on acquisition representing certain intangible assets that cannot be individually separated from the acquiree and reliably measured due to 
their nature. These items include the expected value of synergies and the assembled workforce. Transaction costs were £nil. There is a put  
and call option in place over the 10 per cent shareholding, exercisable at fixed points over a three year period. The value paid for the shares  
will be based on the results of Cranswick Gourmet Pastry Company Limited during that period. The value has been reassessed at the end of 
the reporting period, with an additional £0.2 million being charged to administrative expenses in the income statement. Total contingent 
consideration of £1.0 million (2016: £0.8 million) has been recognised in relation to the option.

16.  BIOLOGICAL ASSETS
The Group’s biological assets consist of pigs in the form of breeding sows (classified as non-current assets) and their progeny for processing 
within the Group and externally (classified as current assets) and chickens in the form of breeder stocks (classified as non-current assets) and 
their progeny for processing within the Group and externally (classified as current assets).

Reconciliation of carrying amounts of livestock:

Group

At 31 March 2015

Increases due to purchases

Decrease attributable to harvest

Decreases attributable to sales

Changes in fair value less estimated costs to sell

At 31 March 2016

On acquisition

Increases due to purchases

Decrease attributable to harvest

Decreases attributable to sales

Changes in fair value less estimated costs to sell

At 31 March 2017

Group

Non-current biological assets:

Pigs

Chickens

Current biological assets:

Pigs

Chickens

Group

Net IAS 41 valuation movement on biological assets*

Changes in fair value of biological assets 

Biological assets transferred to cost of sales

Pigs  

£’000

11,789

13,130

(56,228)

(705)

43,081

11,067

–

12,428

(53,588)

(1,867)

46,323

14,363

Chickens  
£’000

–

–

–

–

–

–

4,805

922

(37,829)

(4,567)

41,915

5,246

2017  
£’000

748

205

953

13,615

5,041

18,656

Total  
£’000

11,789

13,130

(56,228)

(705)

43,081

11,067

4,805

13,350

(91,417)

(6,434)

88,238

19,609

2016  
£’000

537

–

537

10,530

–

10,530

2017  
£’000

2016  
£’000

88,238

(84,122)

4,116

43,081

(44,032)

(951)

*   This represents the difference between operating profit prepared under IAS 41 and operating profit prepared under historical cost accounting, which forms part of the 

reconciliation to adjusted operating profit.

118

Cranswick plc  Annual Report & Accounts 2017

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSThe Group’s valuation model for biological assets utilises quoted (unadjusted) prices in an active market for the valuation of finished pigs, 
sucklers, weaners and broilers (Level 1 in the fair value hierarchy as detailed in Note 23). The valuation of sows, boars and breeder chickens  
is based on recent transactions for similar assets (Level 2 in the fair value hierarchy).

The main assumption used in relation to the valuation is mortality which has been based on historical data for each category of pig and chicken.

Additional information:

Group

Quantities at year end:

Breeding sows (Bearer biological assets)

Boars

Pigs (Consumable biological assets)

Breeder chickens (Bearer biological assets)

Broiler chickens (Consumable biological assets)

Number of pigs produced in the year

Number of chickens produced in the year

17.   INVENTORIES

Group

Raw materials

Finished goods and goods for resale

18.  TRADE AND OTHER RECEIVABLES

Financial assets:

Trade receivables

Amounts owed by Group undertakings

Other receivables

Non-financial assets:

Prepayments and accrued income

2017  

Number

2016  
Number

12,140

236

185,175

253,613

3,353,845

432,491

28,555,684

12,684

232

199,254

–

–

476,364

–

2017  
£’000

47,250

14,913

62,163

2016  
£’000

33,319

12,844

46,163

Group

2017  
£’000

2016  
£’000

Company

2017  
£’000

2016  
£’000

138,715

–

4,854

143,569

7,051

150,620

105,408

–

5,589

110,997

5,802

116,799

65

38,747

139

38,951

499

39,450

10

35,114

245

35,369

793

36,162

Financial assets are carried at amortised cost. As at 31 March, the analysis of trade receivables that were past due but not impaired was as follows:

Group

2017

2016

Trade receivables Of which: Not due

Past due date in the following periods:

£’000

£’000

138,715

105,408

125,199

96,434

Less than  
30 days  
£’000

10,615

6,797

Between  
30 and 60 days  

£’000

1,378

738

More than  
60 days  
£’000

1,523

1,439

Annual Report & Accounts 2017  Cranswick plc

119

Corporate GovernanceShareholder InformationStrategic ReportFinancial StatementsNOTES TO THE ACCOUNTS CONTINUED

18.  TRADE AND OTHER RECEIVABLES CONTINUED
Trade receivables are non-interest-bearing and are generally on 30 to 60 day terms and are shown net of any provision for impairment. As at 
31 March 2017, trade receivables at nominal value of £1,004,000 (2016: £681,000) were impaired and fully provided for. Provision is made when 
there is objective evidence that the Group will not be able to recover balances in full. Balances are written off when the probability of recovery 
is assessed as being remote.

Movements in the provision for impairment of receivables were as follows:

Group

Bad debt provision

At 31 March 2015

Provided in year

Utilised

At 31 March 2016

Provided in year

Utilised

At 31 March 2017

There are no bad debt provisions against other receivables.

19.   FINANCIAL ASSETS

Group

Current

Forward currency contracts

20.  TRADE AND OTHER PAYABLES

Current

Trade payables

Amounts owed to Group undertakings

Tax and social security

Other creditors

Commercial accruals*

Other accruals

Deferred income – Government grants

Non-current

Deferred income – Government grants

£’000

613

105

(37)

681

546

(223)

1,004

2017  
£’000

286

2016  
£’000

61

Group

2017  
£’000

2016  
£’000

Company

2017  
£’000

2016  
£’000

91,315

–

2,730

9,095

10,185

30,990

182

144,497

1,116

1,116

81,441

–

4,068

7,529

8,207

20,346

173

121,764

1,340

1,340

294

43,502

692

4,793

–

1,937

–

51,218

–

–

114

72,101

1,748

5,240

–

1,414

–

80,617

–

–

Government grants received relate to Regional Growth Fund, Rural Development Programme for England and Business Investment Scheme 
payments. The amounts received have been used to fund fixed asset investment with the objective of creating and safeguarding jobs at the 
Group’s facilities.

120

Cranswick plc  Annual Report & Accounts 2017

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSFor the Company, amounts owed to Group undertakings reflect the net of the financial liabilities disclosed in Note 23 of £236,100,000  
(2016: £219,400,000) and non-interest bearing amounts owed by the same entities to the Company.

* For the Group, commercial accruals consist of:

At 31 March 2015

Paid

Charged to income statement

At 31 March 2016

On acquisition

Paid

Charged to income statement

On sale of business

At 31 March 2017

21.  FINANCIAL LIABILITIES

Current

Contingent consideration (Note 15)

Finance lease and hire purchase contracts

Non-current

Amounts outstanding under revolving credit facility

Contingent consideration (Note 15)

Movement on hedged items:

Gains arising in the year

Reclassification adjustment for (gains)/losses included in the income statement 

Volume rebates 
and similar  
allowances  

£’000

8,936

(19,894)

16,881

5,923

89

(9,334)

10,568

(164)

7,082

Advertising  
and marketing 
contributions 
£’000

2,196

(4,119)

4,207

2,284

17

(4,194)

5,322

(326)

3,103

Total  
£’000

11,132

(24,013)

21,088

8,207

106

(13,528)

15,890

(490)

10,185

Group

2017  
£’000

2016  
£’000

Company

2017 
£’000

2016  
£’000

5,250

141

5,391

14,995

992

15,987

–

–

–

–

4,687

4,687

–

–

–

14,995

–

14,995

Group

2017  
£’000

286

(61)

225

–

–

–

–

–

–

2016  
£’000

61

210

271

All financial liabilities are amortised at cost, except for forward currency contracts and contingent consideration, which are carried at fair value.

Movements on hedged foreign currency contracts are reclassified through cost of sales. 

Forward currency contracts are used to hedge a proportion of anticipated purchases denominated in foreign currencies and held at fair value  
in the balance sheet. To the extent that these forward contracts represent effective hedges, movements in fair value are taken directly to other 
comprehensive income and are then reclassified through the income statement in the period during which the hedged item impacts the income 
statement. A description of amounts and maturities is contained in Note 23.

Annual Report & Accounts 2017  Cranswick plc

121

Corporate GovernanceShareholder InformationStrategic ReportFinancial StatementsNOTES TO THE ACCOUNTS CONTINUED

21.  FINANCIAL LIABILITIES CONTINUED
Banking facility
On 17 November 2016, the Group refinanced its banking facility, taking out a new agreement with Lloyds Bank plc, National Westminster Bank 
plc, HSBC Bank plc and Santander UK plc, with Lloyds Bank plc acting as agents.

The new facility, which runs to November 2021 with the potential to extend for a further two years, comprises a revolving credit facility of  
£160 million, including a committed overdraft facility of £20 million.

The arrangement fees of £1.1 million are being amortised over the period of the facility.

A committed bank overdraft facility of £20 million is in place until November 2021 (2016: £20 million in place until July 2018), of which £nil  
(2016: £nil) was utilised at 31 March 2017. Interest is payable at a margin over base rate.

A revolving credit facility of £160 million (including the £20 million committed overdraft facility) is in place of which £16,000,000 was utilised as 
at 31 March 2017 (2016: a revolving credit facility of £120 million of which £nil was utilised). This facility expires in November 2021 (2016: expired 
July 2018). Interest is payable on the revolving credit facility at a margin over LIBOR.

The maturity profile of bank loans is as follows:

In one year or less

Between one year and two years

Between two years and five years

Unamortised issue costs

Group

2017  
£’000

2016  
£’000

Company

2017  
£’000

2016  
£’000

–

–

16,000

16,000

(1,005)

14,995

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

16,000

16,000

(1,005)

14,995

–

–

–

–

–

–

The bank facility for both years was unsecured and subject to normal bank covenant arrangements.

Unamortised issue costs relate to the revolving credit facility which expires in November 2021. £16,000,000 (2016: £nil) was drawn down under 
the facility at the year end.

22.  PROVISIONS

At 31 March 2016

Created in the year

On acquisition

Movement on discount

At 31 March 2017

Analysed as:

Current liabilities

Non-current liabilities

Group

Company

Lease provisions  

Lease provisions  

£’000

1,527

1,063

274

27

2,891

Group

Company

2017  
£’000

60

2,831

2,891

2016  
£’000

60

1,467

1,527

2017  
£’000

60

663

723

£’000

710

–

–

13

723

2016  
£’000

60

650

710

Lease provisions are held against dilapidation obligations on leased properties and onerous leases. These provisions are expected to be 
utilised over the next ten years. 

122

Cranswick plc  Annual Report & Accounts 2017

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS23.  FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
An explanation of the Company and Group’s financial instruments risk management strategy is set out on page 80 in the Directors’ Report.

Interest rate risk profile of financial assets and liabilities
The interest rate profile of the interest-earning financial assets and interest-bearing liabilities of the Group as at 31 March 2017 and their 
weighted average interest rates is set out below:

As at 31 March 2017

Group

Financial liabilities: 

Revolving credit facility

Financial assets:

Cash at bank

As at 31 March 2016

Group

Financial assets:

Cash at bank

Weighted average 
effective interest 
rate  
%

Total  
£’000

At floating  
interest rates  

£’000

1 year  
or less  
£’000

1-2 years  
£’000

2-3 years  

£’000

Fixed interest

1.00%

(16,000)

(16,000)

0.00%

4,107

4,107

(11,893)

(11,893)

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

Weighted average 
effective interest 
rate  
%

Total  
£’000

At floating  
interest rates  
£’000

1 year  
or less  
£’000

1-2 years  
£’000

2-3 years  
£’000

Fixed interest

0.00%

17,817

17,817

17,817

17,817

–

–

–

–

–

–

The maturity profile of bank loans is set out in Note 21.

The interest rate profile of the interest-earning financial assets and interest-bearing liabilities of the Company as at 31 March 2017 and their 
weighted average interest rates is set out below:

As at 31 March 2017

Company

Financial liabilities: 

Amounts owed to Group undertakings

Revolving credit facility

Financial assets:

Cash at bank

As at 31 March 2016

Company

Financial liabilities: 

Weighted average 
effective interest 
rate  
%

Total  
£’000

At floating  
interest rates  

£’000

1 year  
or less  
£’000

1-2 years  
£’000

2-3 years  

£’000

Fixed interest

1.50%

1.00%

(236,100)

(236,100)

(16,000)

(16,000)

(252,100)

(252,100)

0.00%

1,985

1,985

(250,115)

(250,115)

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

Weighted average 
effective interest 
rate  
%

Total  
£’000

At floating  
interest rates  
£’000

1 year  
or less  
£’000

1-2 years  
£’000

2-3 years  
£’000

Fixed interest

Amounts owed to Group undertakings

2.00%

(219,400)

(219,400)

(219,400)

(219,400)

Financial assets:

Cash at bank

0.00%

2,175

2,175

(217,225)

(217,225)

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

Annual Report & Accounts 2017  Cranswick plc

123

Corporate GovernanceShareholder InformationStrategic ReportFinancial StatementsNOTES TO THE ACCOUNTS CONTINUED

23.  FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS CONTINUED
Currency profile
The Group’s financial assets at 31 March 2017 include Sterling denominated cash balances of (£132,000) (2016: £18,465,000), Euro £4,493,000 
(2016: (£595,000)), US Dollar (£71,000) (2016: (£53,000)) and AUD (£183,000) (2016: £nil), all of which are held in the UK.

The proportion of the Group’s net assets denominated in foreign currencies is immaterial.

The Group’s other financial assets and liabilities are denominated in Sterling. 

Credit risk
The Group makes a significant proportion of its sales to the major UK supermarket groups, which correspondingly represent a significant 
proportion of the Group’s trade receivables at any one time. Based on the financial strength of these customers, the Directors do not consider 
that the Group faces a significant credit risk in this regard. Debts with other customers, which represent a smaller proportion of the Group’s 
trade receivables, are considered to provide greater risk, particularly in the current economic climate. These debts are reviewed on a regular 
basis by credit controllers and senior management and prudent provision is made when there is objective evidence that the Group will not be 
able to recover balances in full.

All cash financial assets are held by UK financial institutions. The maximum credit exposure relating to financial assets is represented by their 
carrying values as at the balance sheet date.

Fair value hierarchy
The Group uses the following hierarchy for determining and disclosing the fair value of financial instruments by valuation technique:

Level 1: quoted (unadjusted) prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.
Level 2:    other techniques for which all inputs which have a significant effect on the recorded fair value are observable, either directly or indirectly.
Level 3: techniques which use inputs which have a significant effect on the recorded fair value that are not based on observable market data.

Transfers between levels of the fair value hierarchy are deemed to have occurred at the end of the reporting period.

The Group’s forward currency contracts are measured using Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy. The valuations are provided by the Group’s bankers 
from the proprietary valuation models and are based on mid-market levels as at close of business on the Group’s year end reporting date.

Contingent consideration is measured using Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy and relates to future amounts payable on acquisitions. Amounts 
payable are based on agreements within purchase contracts, management’s expectations of the future profitability of the acquired entity and 
the timings of payments.

The Group’s 3.3 per cent retained shareholding in the aquatics business Tropical Marine Centre (2012) Limited would have been classified as 
Level 3; however, as the investment is an unquoted entity and cannot be reliably measured, the Directors consider that its value is immaterial 
and no fair value has been applied.

Fair value of financial instruments
Fair value is the amount for which an asset could be exchanged, or a liability settled, between knowledgeable, willing parties on an arm’s 
length basis. The fair value of floating rate assets and liabilities is estimated to be equivalent to book value. All derivative financial instruments 
are shown in the balance sheet at fair value.

Group

Forward currency contracts (Note 19 and Note 21)

2017

Book value  

£’000

286

Fair value  

£’000

286

2016

Book value  
£’000

61

Fair value  
£’000

61

Contingent consideration (Note 15 and Note 21)

(6,242)

(6,242)

(4,687)

(4,687)

The book value of trade and other receivables, trade and other payables, cash balances, loans receivable, overdrafts, amounts outstanding 
under revolving credit facility and finance leases and hire purchase contracts equates to fair value for the Group and Company.

Hedges
Financial instruments designated as cash flow hedges are held at fair value in the balance sheet. The Group hedges the following cash flows:

i)  Forward contracts to hedge expected future purchases
The Group hedges a proportion of its near-term expected purchases denominated in overseas currencies. Where these hedges meet the 
hedge criteria of IAS 39 changes in fair value are posted directly to other comprehensive income and subsequently reclassified through the 
income statement at the time that the hedged item affects profit or loss.

124

Cranswick plc  Annual Report & Accounts 2017

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSGroup

Currency

Euros

Amount

Maturities

Exchange  

rates

15,200,000

3 April 2017–15 June 2018

€1.13–€1.19

Fair value  

£’000

193

ii)  Forward contracts to hedge expected future sales
The Group hedges a proportion of its near-term expected sales denominated in overseas currencies. Where these hedges meet the hedge 
criteria of IAS 39 changes in fair value are posted directly to other comprehensive income and subsequently reclassified through the income 
statement at the time that the hedged item affects profit or loss.

Group

Currency

US Dollars

Euros

Amount

Maturities

Exchange  

rates

Fair value  

£’000

14,500,000

12 April 2017–11 July 2017

£0.76–£0.82

4,500,000 21 April 2017–8 February 2018

£0.78–£0.91

91

2

These contracts were effective cash flow hedges under the criteria set out in IAS 39 and therefore fair value gains and losses related to the 
contracts were recognised directly in other comprehensive income.

The Company does not hold any forward contracts.

Interest rate risk
The following table demonstrates the sensitivity to a reasonably possible change in interest rates, with all other variables held constant, of the 
Group’s profit before tax (through the impact on floating rate borrowings). There is no material impact on the Group’s equity.

Currency derivatives have not been included in the sensitivity analysis below as they are not considered to be exposed to interest rate risk.

2017

Sterling

2016

Sterling

Increase/ 
decrease in  
basis points

Effect on  
profit before  
tax  

£’000

+100

–100

+100

–100

(240)

240

(135)

135

Liquidity risk
The tables below summarise the maturity profile of the Group’s financial liabilities at 31 March 2017 and 2016 based on contractual 
undiscounted payments: 

At 31 March 2017

Group

Revolving credit facility

Contingent consideration (note 21)

Trade and other payables

At 31 March 2016

Group

Contingent consideration (note 21)

Trade and other payables

Less than  
1 year  
£’000

232

5,250

144,497

149,979

Less than  
1 year  
£’000

–

121,764

121,764

1 to 2  
years  
£’000

232

1,000

–

2 to 5  
years  
£’000

16,609

–

–

1,232

16,609

1 to 2  
years  
£’000

3,983

–

3,983

2 to 5  
years  
£’000

834

–

834

Total  
£’000

17,073

6,250

144,497

167,820

Total  
£’000

4,817

121,764

126,581

Annual Report & Accounts 2017  Cranswick plc

125

Corporate GovernanceShareholder InformationStrategic ReportFinancial StatementsNOTES TO THE ACCOUNTS CONTINUED

23.  FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS CONTINUED
At 31 March 2017

Company

Revolving credit facility

Trade and other payables

At 31 March 2016

Company

Trade and other payables

Less than  
1 year  
£’000

232

51,218

51,450

Less than  
1 year  
£’000

80,617

80,617

1 to 2  
years  
£’000

232

–

232

1 to 2  
years  
£’000

–

–

2 to 5  
years  
£’000

16,609

–

16,609

2 to 5  
years  
£’000

–

–

Total  
£’000

17,073

51,218

68,291

Total  
£’000

80,617

80,617

The impact of liquidity risk on the Group is discussed in detail in the Directors’ Report on page 80.

24.  CALLED-UP SHARE CAPITAL
Allotted, called-up and fully paid – Ordinary shares of 10 pence each:

Group and Company

At 1 April

On exercise of share options

Scrip dividends

At 31 March

2017  

Number

2016  
Number

49,844,854

49,255,746

390,082

230,608

422,789

166,319

2017  
£’000

4,984

40

23

50,465,544

49,844,854

5,047

2016  
£’000

4,926

42

16

4,984

On 2 September 2016, 162,823 ordinary shares were issued at 2,151.6 pence as a result of Shareholders exercising the scrip dividend option  
in lieu of the cash payment for the 2016 final dividend. 

On 27 January 2017, 67,785 ordinary shares were issued at 2,226.4 pence as a result of Shareholders exercising the scrip dividend option in lieu 
of the cash payment for the 2016 interim dividend.

During the course of the year, 390,082 ordinary shares were issued to employees exercising SAYE and LTIP options at prices between nil and 
1,456.0 pence.

Ordinary share capital of £131,708 is reserved for allotment under the Savings Related Share Options Schemes and Long Term Incentive Plans 
(LTIP). The options are exercisable as follows:

Savings related

Savings related

Savings related

Savings related

Savings related

Savings related

Savings related

Savings related

LTIP

Number

Exercise price

Exercise period

3,291

638

7,258

22,353

20,683

212,807

155,903

183,079

790,656

594p

692p

579p

629p

916p

1,187p

1,456p

1,788p

Nil

March 2013–October 2017

March 2014–October 2018

March 2015–October 2019

March 2016–October 2018

March 2017–October 2019

March 2018–October 2020

March 2019–October 2021

March 2020–October 2022

June 2017–June 2026

On 4 September 2015, 121,860 ordinary shares were issued at 1,601.8 pence as a result of Shareholders exercising the scrip dividend option  
in lieu of the cash payment for the 2015 final dividend. 

On 29 January 2016, 44,459 ordinary shares were issued at 1854.2 pence as a result of Shareholders exercising the scrip dividend option in lieu 
of the cash payment for the 2016 interim dividend.

During the course of the year, 422,789 ordinary shares were issued to employees exercising SAYE and LTIP options at prices between nil and 
1,187.0 pence.

126

Cranswick plc  Annual Report & Accounts 2017

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS25.  SHARE-BASED PAYMENTS
The Group operates two share option schemes, a Revenue approved scheme (SAYE) and a Long Term Incentive Plan (LTIP), both of which  
are equity settled. The total expense charged to the income statement during the year in relation to share-based payments was £3,650,000  
(2016: £2,791,000).

Long Term Incentive Plan (LTIP)
During the course of the year 215,696 options at nil cost were granted to Directors and senior executives, the share price at that time was 
2,333.0 pence. Details of the performance criteria relating to the LTIP scheme can be found in the Remuneration Committee report on page 71. 
The maximum term of LTIP options is ten years.

Group

Outstanding as at 1 April

Granted during the year (i)

Lapsed during the year

Exercised during the year (ii)

Outstanding as at 31 March (iii)

Exercisable at 31 March

Company

Outstanding as at 1 April

Granted during the year (i)

Lapsed during the year

Exercised during the year (ii)

Outstanding as at 31 March (iii)

Exercisable at 31 March

2017  

Number

2017  

WAEP (£)

867,363

215,696

(5,082)

(287,321)

790,656

4,000

–

–

–

–

–

–

2017  

Number

2017  

WAEP (£)

487,939

115,600

–

(182,426)

421,113

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

2016  
Number

977,676

295,525

(79,773)

(326,065)

867,363

–

2016  
Number

607,400

160,150

(59,095)

(220,516)

487,939

–

2016  
WAEP (£)

–

–

–

–

–

–

2016  
WAEP (£)

–

–

–

–

–

–

i)  The weighted average fair value of options granted during the year was £22.04 (2016: £15.38). The share options granted during the year were at £nil per share. The share 

price at the date of grant was £23.33 (2016: £16.50).

ii)  The weighted average share price at the date of exercise for the options exercised was £21.57 (2016: £16.02).
iii)  For the share options outstanding as at 31 March 2017, the weighted average remaining contractual life is 8.13 years (2016: 8.23 years).

The exercise price for all options outstanding at the end of the year was £nil.

All Employee Share Option Scheme (SAYE)
All employees are entitled to a grant of options once they have been in service for one year or more. The exercise price is equal to the market 
price of the shares less 20 per cent on the date of the grant. The contractual life of the options is three, five or seven years. The maximum term 
of SAYE options is 3.5, 5.5 or 7.5 years.

The following table illustrates the number and weighted average exercise prices (WAEP) of, and movements in, SAYE share options during the year:

Group

Outstanding as at 1 April

Granted during the year (i)

Lapsed during the year

Exercised during the year (ii)

Outstanding as at 31 March (iii)

Exercisable at 31 March

2017  

Number

2017  

WAEP (£)

577,515

185,043

(53,785)

(102,761)

606,012

11.50

17.88

12.93

7.60

13.97

2016  
Number

517,758

188,491

(32,010)

(96,724)

577,515

14,346

7.45

12,262

2016  
WAEP (£)

9.36

14.56

10.59

6.27

11.50

6.02

Annual Report & Accounts 2017  Cranswick plc

127

Corporate GovernanceShareholder InformationStrategic ReportFinancial StatementsNOTES TO THE ACCOUNTS CONTINUED

25.  SHARE-BASED PAYMENTS (CONTINUED)

Company

Outstanding as at 1 April

Granted during the year (i)

Exercised during the year (ii)

Outstanding as at 31 March (iii)

Exercisable at 31 March

2017  

Number

29,556

3,017

(5,838)

26,735

2017  

WAEP (£)

10.52

17.88

7.13

12.09

3,119

6.36

2016  
Number

27,533

3,596

(1,573)

29,556

1,087

2016  
WAEP (£)

9.65

14.56

6.29

10.52

6.29

i) 

 The share options granted during the year were at £17.88 (2016: £14.56), representing a 20 per cent discount on the price at the relevant date. The share price at the date  
of grant was £23.43 (2016: £19.24).

ii)  The weighted average share price at the date of exercise for the options exercised was £23.81 (2016: £19.43).
iii)  For the share options outstanding as at 31 March 2017, the weighted average remaining contractual life is 2.75 years (2016: 2.93 years).

The weighted average fair value of options granted during the year was £6.87 (2016: £5.81). The range of exercise prices for options outstanding 
at the end of the year was £5.79-£17.88 (2016: £4.74-£14.56).

The fair value of the SAYE and LTIP equity-settled options granted is estimated as at the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing 
model, taking into account the terms and conditions upon which the options were granted. The following table lists the inputs to the model 
used for the years ended 31 March 2017 and 31 March 2016:

Group and Company

Dividend yield

Expected share price volatility

Risk-free interest rate

Expected life of option 

Exercise prices

2017  
LTIP

1.89%

31.0%

2017  
SAYE

1.88%

31.0%

0.59% 0.11%-0.48%

3 years

3, 5 years

£nil

£17.88

2016  
LTIP

2.34%

31.0%

2016  
SAYE

2.00%

31.0%

0.99% 0.84%-1.29%

3 years

3, 5 years

£nil

£14.56

The expected life of the options is based on historical data and is not necessarily indicative of exercise patterns that may occur. The expected 
volatility reflects the assumption that the historical volatility is indicative of future trends, which may not necessarily be the actual outcome.

The initial fair value of LTIP options is adjusted to take into account market-based performance conditions.

26.  PENSION SCHEMES
Defined benefit pension scheme
The Group acquired a defined benefit final salary pension scheme during 2009, which is funded by the payment of contributions to separately 
administered trust funds. The scheme was closed to new members and future accrual on 30 June 2004.

Pension costs are determined with the advice of an independent qualified actuary on the basis of a triennial valuation using the projected  
unit credit method. The latest available formal actuarial valuation of the scheme was carried out as at 31 December 2015. This valuation was 
updated to the year end. Plan assets are stated at fair value at the respective balance sheet dates and overall expected rates of return are 
established by applying published brokers’ forecasts to each category of scheme assets.

a) Change in benefit obligation

Benefit obligation at the beginning of the year

Interest cost

Remeasurement losses/(gains):

Actuarial losses/(gains) arising from changes in financial assumptions

Actuarial gains arising from changes in demographic assumptions

Other experience items

Movement on additional liability recognised due to minimum funding requirement

Benefits paid from plan

Benefit obligation at the end of the year

128

Cranswick plc  Annual Report & Accounts 2017

2017  
£’000

26,729

869

7,525

(560)

–

2,006

(466)

36,103

2016  
£’000

30,219

927

(2,234)

–

(124)

1,235

(3,294)

26,729

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSb) Change in plan assets

Fair value of plan assets at the beginning of the year

Interest income

Return on plan assets

Employer contributions

Benefits paid from plan

Fair value of plan assets at the end of the year

c) Amounts recognised in the balance sheet

Present value of funded obligations

Fair value of plan assets

Net liability recorded in the balance sheet

d) Components of pension cost

Amounts recognised in the income statement:

Interest cost

Expected return on plan assets

Total pension cost recognised in the income statement

Actual return on assets

Actual return on plan assets

Amounts recognised in the Group statement of comprehensive income 

Actuarial (losses)/gains immediately recognised

Cumulative amount of actuarial losses recognised

2017  
£’000

22,280

783

2,665

1,320

(466)

26,582

2017  
£’000

(36,103)

26,582

(9,521)

2017  
£’000

869

(783)

86

2016  
£’000

24,596

767

(1,109)

1,320

(3,294)

22,280

2016  
£’000

(26,729)

22,280

(4,449)

2016  
£’000

927

(767)

160

3,448

(342)

(6,306)

(12,666)

14

(6,360)

During the prior year, following the UK government’s introduction of flexible retirement options, the trustees arranged presentations for 
members over 55 years of age explaining their pre-existing rights to transfer their benefits out of the scheme. Following this process, which 
included independent financial advice, 20 members transferred benefits of £2.6 million from the scheme. There was no impact on the income 
statement as a result of these transfers.

The weighted average actuarial assumptions used in the valuation of the scheme were as follows:

e) Principal actuarial assumptions

Discount rate

Rate of price inflation

Revaluation of deferred pensions:

Benefits accrued prior to 1 January 1998

Benefits accrued after 1 January 1998

Rate of compensation increase:

Benefits accrued prior to 1 January 1997

Benefits accrued after 1 January 1997

2017

2.55%

3.40%

5.00%

3.40%

3.00%

3.40%

2016

3.45%

2.90%

5.00%

2.90%

3.00%

2.90%

Annual Report & Accounts 2017  Cranswick plc

129

Corporate GovernanceShareholder InformationStrategic ReportFinancial Statements 
NOTES TO THE ACCOUNTS CONTINUED

26.  PENSION SCHEMES CONTINUED

Future expected lifetime of pensioner at age 65:

Current pensioners

Male

Female

Future pensioners

Male

Female

2017

22.5

24.6

24.7

26.9

2016

23.1

25.4

25.3

27.8

The mortality rates used have been taken from Base tables S2PA (CMI 2012 improvements 1.5 per cent long term rate of improvement)  
(2016: S1PA (CMI 2012 improvements 1.5 per cent long term rate of improvement)).

At 31 March 2017, the average duration of the scheme liabilities was 24 years (2016: 24 years). For deferred pensions the average duration was 
28 years (2016: 27 years) and for pensions in payment the average duration was 13 years (2016: 13 years).

The Group’s deficit as measured under IFRIC 14 is £9,521,000 (2016: £4,449,000) as a result of the Group’s commitment to future contributions 
to the scheme. This compares to an underlying IAS 19 deficit of £6,217,000 (2016: £3,151,000). 

A 0.1 per cent increase/decrease in the discount rate would give rise to a £26,000 decrease/£27,000 increase (2016: £8,000 decrease/£8,000 
increase) in the deficit at 31 March 2017.

A 0.1 per cent increase/decrease in the inflation assumption would give rise to a £nil increase/£nil decrease (2016: £nil increase/£nil decrease)  
in the deficit at 31 March 2017.

A one year increase/decrease in the life expectancy assumption would give rise to a £nil increase/£nil decrease (2016: £nil increase/£nil 
decrease) in the deficit at 31 March 2017.

The scheme rules require the pension benefits to be uplifted by Retail Price Index (RPI), so there was no financial effect from the statutory 
requirement to uplift pension benefits by Consumer Price Index (CPI) rather than RPI.

f) Plan assets

Return seeking:

UK equities

Overseas equities

Diversified growth funds

Debt instruments:

Corporate bonds

Gilts

Index linked bonds

Other:

Cash

Total

2017  
Fair value of  
plan assets  

£’000

2016  
Fair value of  
plan assets  
£’000

3

12

14,172

14,187

3,559

2,882

5,819

12,260

135

26,582

–

–

13,002

13,002

1,288

2,244

5,012

8,544

734

22,280

All of the plan assets have a quoted price in an active market except for cash.

The plan has not invested in any of the Group’s own financial instruments nor in any properties or other assets used by the Group.

The Group expects to contribute approximately £1,800,000 to the scheme during the year ending 31 March 2018 in respect of regular 
contributions, and intends to contribute the same amount annually through to September 2022.

The risks to which the plan exposes the entity have been minimised by investing the assets of the scheme across a broad range of return 
seeking funds and debt instruments.

130

Cranswick plc  Annual Report & Accounts 2017

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSDefined contribution pension schemes
The Group also operates defined contribution pension schemes whereby contributions are made to schemes operated by major insurance 
companies. Contributions to these schemes are determined as a percentage of employees’ earnings. Contributions owing to the insurance 
companies at the year end, included in trade and other payables, amounted to £230,000 (2016: £274,000). Contributions during the year 
totalled £3,044,000 (2016: £2,467,000).

27.   ADDITIONAL CASH FLOW INFORMATION
Analysis of changes in net (debt)/funds:

Group

Cash and cash equivalents

Revolving credit

Finance lease and hire purchase contracts

Net (debt)/funds

At  
31 March  
2016  
£’000

17,817

–

–

Cash  
flow  
£’000

(13,710)

(14,904)

229

17,817

(28,385)

Other  
non-cash  
changes  
£’000

–

(91)

(370)

(461)

At  
31 March  
2017  
£’000

4,107

(14,995)

(141)

(11,029)

Net (debt)/funds is defined as cash and cash equivalents and loans receivable less interest-bearing liabilities net of unamortised issue costs.

Group

Cash and cash equivalents

Revolving credit

Net (debt)/funds

Analysis of changes in net (debt)/funds:

Company

Cash and cash equivalents

Revolving credit

Net (debt)/funds

Company

Cash and cash equivalents

Overdrafts

Revolving credit

Net (debt)/funds

At  
31 March  
2015  
£’000

3,941

(21,265)

(17,324)

At  
31 March  
2016  
£’000

2,175

–

2,175

At  
31 March  
2015  
£’000

501

(1,808)

(1,307)

(21,265)

(22,572)

Cash  
flow  
£’000

13,876

22,000

35,876

Cash  
flow  
£’000

(190)

(14,904)

(15,094)

Cash  
flow  
£’000

1,674

1,808

3,482

22,000

25,482

Other  
non-cash  
changes  
£’000

–

(735)

(735)

Other  
non-cash  
changes  
£’000

–

(91)

(91)

Other  
non-cash  
changes  
£’000

–

–

–

(735)

(735)

At  
31 March  
2016  
£’000

17,817

–

17,817

At  
31 March  
2017  
£’000

1,985

(14,995)

(13,010)

At  
31 March  
2016  
£’000

2,175

–

2,175

–

2,175

28.  CONTINGENT LIABILITIES
The Company, together with its subsidiary undertakings, has entered into a cross guarantee with Lloyds Banking Group plc, The Royal Bank  
of Scotland plc, HSBC UK plc and Santander UK plc (2016: Lloyds Banking Group plc, The Royal Bank of Scotland plc and Clydesdale Bank PLC 
(trading as Yorkshire Bank)) in respect of the Group’s facility with those banks. Drawn down amounts totalled £16,000,000 as at 31 March 2017 
(2016: £nil).

For the Company, the amounts drawn down by other Group companies which were guaranteed by the Company at the year end totalled £nil 
(2016: £nil).

Annual Report & Accounts 2017  Cranswick plc

131

Corporate GovernanceShareholder InformationStrategic ReportFinancial StatementsNOTES TO THE ACCOUNTS CONTINUED

29.  COMMITMENTS
(a)  The Directors have contracted for future capital expenditure for property, plant and equipment totalling £15,852,000 (2016: £16,437,000).

(b) The Group’s future minimum rentals payable under non-cancellable operating leases are as follows:

Group

Not later than one year

After one year but not more than five years

After five years

The Company has no non-cancellable operating leases.

2017 
£’000

5,930

11,559

4,627

22,116

2016  
£’000

2,705

4,535

2,300

9,540

30.  RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
During the year the Group and Company entered into transactions, in the ordinary course of business, with related parties, including 
transactions between the Company and its subsidiary undertakings. In the Group accounts transactions between the Company and its 
subsidiaries are eliminated on consolidation but these transactions are reported for the Company below:

Company

Related party – Subsidiaries

2017

2016

Services 
rendered to 
related party 
£’000

Interest paid to 
related party 
£’000

Dividends 
received from 
related party 
£’000

24,701

20,200

3,921

4,071

24,902

14,593

Amounts owed by or to subsidiary undertakings are disclosed in Notes 18 and 20. Any such amounts are unsecured and repayable on demand.

Remuneration of key management personnel:

Group

Short-term employee benefits

Post-employment benefits

Share-based payments

2017  
£’000

5,990

19

1,553

7,562

2016  
£’000

5,715

93

1,231

7,039

31.  ALTERNATIVE PERFORMANCE MEASURES
The Board monitors performance principally through adjusted and like-for-like performance measures. Adjusted profit and earnings per share 
measures exclude certain non-cash items including the net IAS 41 valuation movement on biological assets, amortisation of acquired intangible 
assets, profit on sale of a business and goodwill impairment charges. Free cash flow is defined as net cash from operating activities less net 
interest paid and like-for-like revenue is defined as total revenue less revenue from entities acquired during the year.

The Board believes that such alternative measures are useful as they exclude volatile (net IAS 41 valuation movement on biological assets), one-off 
(impairment of goodwill and profit on sale of a business) and non-cash (amortisation of intangible assets) items which are normally disregarded by 
investors, analysts and brokers in gaining a clearer understanding of the underlying performance of the Group when making investment and other 
decisions. Equally, like-for-like revenue provides these same stakeholders with a clearer understanding of the organic sales growth of the business.

Like-for-like revenue

Revenue

Crown Chicken

Ballymena

Like-for-like revenue

132

Cranswick plc  Annual Report & Accounts 2017

2017 
£’000

2016 
£’000

1,245,058

1,016,314

Change

+22.5%

(82,561)

(17,260)

–

–

1,145,237

1,016,314

+12.7%

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSAdjusted Group operating profit 

Group operating profit

Net IAS 41 valuation movement

Amortisation of customer relationship intangible assets

Adjusted Group operating profit

Adjusted profit before tax

Profit before tax

Net IAS 41 valuation movement

Amortisation of customer relationship intangible assets

Adjusted profit before tax

Adjusted earnings per share

2017 
£’000

78,126

(4,116)

2,108

76,118

2017 
£’000

77,487

(4,116)

2,108

75,479

2016 
£’000

62,709

951

1,396

65,056

2016 
£’000

62,070

951

1,396

64,417

On profit for the year from continuing operations

Amortisation of customer relationship intangible assets

Tax on amortisation of customer relationship intangible assets

Net IAS 41 valuation movement

Tax on net IAS 41 valuation movement

2017
£’000

2017
Basic 
pence

62,342

124.2

2,108

(379)

(4,116)

700

4.2

(0.7)

(8.2)

1.4

2017
Diluted 
pence

123.7

4.2

(0.7)

(8.2)

1.4

2016
£’000

49,048

1,396

(251)

951

(171)

2016
Basic 
pence

98.9

2.8

(0.5)

1.9

(0.3)

Change

+24.6%

+17.0%

Change

+24.8%

+17.2%

2016
Diluted 
pence

98.5

2.8

(0.5)

1.9

(0.3)

On adjusted profit for the year from continuing operations

60,655

120.9

120.4

50,973

102.8

102.4

On profit for the year 

Amortisation of customer relationship intangible assets

Tax on amortisation of customer relationship intangible assets

Net IAS 41 valuation movement

Tax on net IAS 41 valuation movement

Impairment of goodwill

Profit on sale of business

On adjusted profit for the year

Free cash flow

Net cash from operating activities

Net interest paid

Free cash flow

67,178

2,108

(379)

(4,116)

700

–

(4,539)

133.8

133.3

4.2

(0.7)

(8.2)

1.4

–

(9.0)

4.2

(0.7)

(8.2)

1.4

–

(9.0)

45,395

1,396

(251)

951

(171)

4,635

–

91.5

2.8

(0.5)

1.9

(0.3)

9.3

–

91.2

2.8

(0.5)

1.9

(0.3)

9.3

–

60,952

121.5

121.0

51,955

104.7

104.4

2017 
£’000

72,890

(528)

72,362

2016 
£’000

83,834

(443)

83,391

Change

-13.1%

-13.2%

Annual Report & Accounts 2017  Cranswick plc

133

Corporate GovernanceShareholder InformationStrategic ReportFinancial StatementsFIVE YEAR STATEMENT

Turnover^

Profit before tax^

Adjusted profit before tax*^

Earnings per share^

Adjusted earnings per share*^

Dividends per share

Capital expenditure

Net (debt)/funds

Net assets

2017  
£’m

1,245.1

77.5

75.5

124.2p

120.9p

44.1p

48.6

(11.0)

421.4

2016  
£’m

2015  
£’m

1,016.3

1,003.3

62.1

64.4

98.9p

102.8p

37.5p

34.1

17.8

368.0

52.8

57.8

84.1p

92.1p

34.0p

23.3

(17.3)

332.4

2014  
£’m

994.9

54.8

52.2

88.7p

84.1p

32.0p

22.9

(17.0)

302.7

2013  
£’m

875.2

47.3

49.1

74.9p

78.7p

30.0p

33.2

(20.1)

273.7

*  Adjusted profit before tax and earnings per share exclude the effects of net IAS 41 valuation movement and acquisition related amortisation in 2017; the effects of net  
IAS 41 valuation movement, acquisition related amortisation and impairment of goodwill in 2016; net IAS 41 valuation movement and acquisition related amortisation  
in 2015; release of contingent consideration and net IAS 41 valuation movement on biological assets in 2014 and impairment of property, plant and equipment in 2013.  
These are the measures used by the Board to assess the Group’s underlying performance.

^  2017 and 2016 reflect continuing operations only.

Dividends per share relate to dividends declared in respect of that year.

Net (debt)/funds is defined as per Note 27 to the accounts.

FINANCIAL CALENDAR

Preliminary announcement of full year results

Publication of Annual Report

Annual General Meeting

Payment of final dividend

Announcement of interim results

Payment of interim dividend

May

June

July

September

November

January

134

Cranswick plc  Annual Report & Accounts 2017

SHAREHOLDER INFORMATIONSHAREHOLDER ANALYSIS
AT 5 MAY 2017

Classification

Private Shareholders

Corporate bodies and nominees

Size of holding (shares)

1–1,000

1,001–5,000

5,001–10,000

10,001–50,000

50,001–100,000

Above 100,000

Share price

Share price at 31 March 2016

Share price at 31 March 2017

High in the year

Low in the year

Number of 
holdings

Number of  

shares

1,149

692

1,841

1,040

440

116

131

45

69

4,752,533

45,721,913

50,474,446

369,636

995,533

825,830

3,042,251

3,196,591

42,044,605

1,841

50,474,446

2,133p

2,559p

2,580p

1,975p

Share price movement
Cranswick’s share price movement over the six year period to May 2017 and comparison against the FTSE 350 Food Producers and Processors 
Price Index (FTSE FPP) and against the FTSE All Share Price Index (FTSE All Share), all rebased to Cranswick’s share price at 4 May 2011 (735p), 
is shown below:

3,000

2,500

2,000

1,500

1,000

500

0

2011

2012

2013

2014

2015

2016

2017

  Cranswick 

  FTSE All Share 

  FTSE 350 Food Producers

Source: Investec

Annual Report & Accounts 2017  Cranswick plc

135

Corporate GovernanceStrategic ReportFinancial StatementsShareholder InformationADVISERS

Secretary

Company number

Registered office

Stockbrokers

Registrars

Auditors

Tax advisers

Solicitors

Bankers

Malcolm Windeatt FCA

1074383

74 Helsinki Road 
Sutton Fields 
Hull HU7 0YW

Investec Investment Banking – London  
Shore Capital Stockbrokers – Liverpool

Capita Asset Services 
The Registry 
34 Beckenham Road 
Kent BR3 4TU

Tel: 0871 664 0300 (calls cost 10 pence per minute plus network extras; 
lines are open 8.30am to 5.30pm, Monday – Friday) 
If calling from overseas please call +44 208 639 3399

email: shareholderenquiries@capita.co.uk 
www.capitaassetservices.com

Ernst & Young LLP – Hull

KPMG – Leeds

Rollits LLP – Hull

Lloyds Banking Group plc  
The Royal Bank of Scotland plc 
HSBC Bank plc 
Santander UK plc

Merchant bankers

N M Rothschild & Sons – Leeds

136

Cranswick plc  Annual Report & Accounts 2017

SHAREHOLDER INFORMATIONC

r

a

n

s

w

i

c

k

p

l

c

A

n

n

u

a

l

R

e

p

o

r

t

&

A

c

c

o

u

n

t

s

2

0

1

7

Cranswick plc 

74 Helsinki Road,  
Sutton Fields,  
Hull, HU7 0YW 
Tel: 01482 372000

www.cranswick.plc.uk